SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT CO
SB-2, 1998-05-14
DIRECT MAIL ADVERTISING SERVICES
Previous: HERITAGE MINES LTD, 10KSB, 1998-05-14
Next: PORTLAND BREWING CO /OR/, 10-Q, 1998-05-14




      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 14, 1998
                                                   Registration No. 333-


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    Under the
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)
      Missouri                         7374                        43-1710906
(State or Other Jurisdiction   (Primary Standard                (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or            Industrial Classification        Identification
Organization)                  Code Number)                     Number)

                            W. Brian Rodgers
                            Chief Financial Officer
11644 Lilburn Park Road     11644 Lilburn Park Road    11644 Lilburn Park Road
St. Louis, Missouri 63146   St. Louis, Missouri 63146  St. Louis, Missouri 63146
(314) 995-9040              (314) 995-9040             (Address of Principal 
(Address and Telephone      Fax: (314) 995-9022         Place of Business  or 
Number of Principal         (Name, Address and          Intended Principal 
Executive Office            Telephone Numbers)          Place of Business
                                                        of Agent for Service)

                        Copies of all correspondence to:

  Douglas J. Bates, Esq.                           Michael D. DiGiovanna, Esq.
  Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.                   Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft
  101 South Hanley Road                            529 Fifth Avenue
  St. Louis, Missouri 63105                        New York, New York 10017
  (314) 862-1200                                   (212) 599-0500
  Fax: (314) 862-1219                              Fax: (212) 972-9487


Approximate  Date of Proposed Sale to the Public:  As soon as practicable after 
this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_|

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|

If  delivery  of  the  prospectus  is  expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  |_|

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===================================================================================================================================
                                                      Amount          Proposed maximum       Proposed maximum
 Title of each class of securities to be               to be           offering price        aggregate offering       Amount of
 registered                                          registered          per share(a)             price(a)         registration fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                      <C>                 <C>                    <C>    

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share              2,300,000(b)             $6.53               $ 15,019,000            $4,431
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Warrants to purchase Common Stock issued to 
Representative                                         200,000               $7.18               $ 1,436,000             $ 424
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock $0.01 par value per share issuable
upon the exercise of the Representative's 
Warrants(c)                                            200,000                --                      --                  (d)
===================================================================================================================================
<FN>

(a)    Estimated   solely  for  purposes  of  calculating   the  amount  of  the
       registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) promulgated under the Securities
       Act of 1933, as amended,  based on the average of the bid and asked price
       as of May 7, 1998, as reported by the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.
(b)    Includes 300,000  shares issuable upon  exercise of  the Representative's 
       over-allotment option.
(c)    Pursuant  to Rule 416,  this  Registration  Statement  also  covers  such
       indeterminable  additional  shares of Common Stock as may become issuable
       as a result of any future  anti-dilution  adjustments  made in accordance
       with the terms of the Representative's Warrants.
(d)    No  separate registration  fee required  pursuant to Rule 457 promulgated 
       under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
</FN>
</TABLE>

The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

<PAGE>


LEGEND

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED _____________, 1998

PROSPECTUS                                                             [LOGO]

                                2,000,000 Shares

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                  Common Stock
                                 --------------

         Of the  2,000,000  shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  1,500,000
shares  are being  offered  by The  Source  Information  Management  Company,  a
Missouri  corporation  (the  "Company")  and 500,000 shares are being offered by
certain shareholders of the Company (the "Selling Shareholders"). See "Principal
and Selling Shareholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from
the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholders.

         The  Common  Stock is quoted on The  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  ("Nasdaq
SmallCap")  under the symbol "SORC" and on The Boston Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol  "SFM." On May 7,  1998,  the last sale  price of the  Common  Stock,  as
reported on Nasdaq  SmallCap,  was $6.375 per share.  See "PRICE RANGE OF COMMON
STOCK".  The Company has applied for approval of the Common Stock for  quotation
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SORC."

         The securities  offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. See "RISK
FACTORS" commencing on page 7.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                Price to    Underwriting    Proceeds to     Proceeds to
                Public      Discounts(1)    Company(2)      Selling Shareholders

Per Share       $             $              $                 $
Total(3)        $             $              $                 $

(1)      Does  not  include  additional  compensation  payable  to  Donald & Co.
         Securities Inc., acting as representative (the "Representative") of the
         several underwriters  identified elsewhere herein (the "Underwriters"),
         in the form of a  non-accountable  expense  allowance  equal to $33,000
         plus 1% of the gross  proceeds of this  offering.  The Company has also
         agreed to sell the  Representative  warrants  to purchase up to 200,000
         shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $ per share,  subject to
         adjustment, exercisable over a period of four years commencing one year
         from the date hereof (the "Representative's Warrants") and to indemnify
         the Underwriters  against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities
         under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act").
         See "UNDERWRITING."

(2)      Before  deducting  expenses  estimated  to be  $425,000  payable by the
         Company,   including  the   Representative's   nonaccountable   expense
         allowance, of which $25,000 has been paid to date.

(3)      The Selling  Shareholders  have  granted the  Representative  an option
         exercisable  within  45 days  after  the date of this  Prospectus  (the
         "Over-Allotment Option") to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of
         Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any, on the same terms
         and  conditions as set forth above;  provided that the  non-accountable
         expense  allowance  shall  be  reduced  to 0.5% of the  gross  proceeds
         derived  from the sale of shares of Common  Stock upon  exercise of the
         Over-Allotment  Option.  If such option is exercised in full, the total
         Price to  Public,  Underwriting  Discounts,  Proceeds  to  Company  and
         Proceeds  to  Selling  Shareholders  will  be  $________,   $_________,
         $_________ and $__________,  respectively. The Company will not receive
         any of the  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock  by the  Selling
         Shareholders.    See   "PRINCIPAL   AND   SELLING   SHAREHOLDERS"   and
         "UNDERWRITING."

<PAGE>

         The Common Stock is being offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject
to approval  of certain  legal  matters by their  counsel and subject to certain
other  conditions.  The  Underwriters  reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or
modify this offering and to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected
that  delivery  of the  certificates  evidencing  the Common  Stock will be made
against  payment  therefor  on or about  _____________,  1998 at the  offices of
Donald & Co.  Securities  Inc.,  New York, New York or through the facilities of
the Depository Trust Company.

                          DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.

               The date of this Prospectus is ______________, 1998



                                      [MAP]



         The  Company is  currently  a reporting  company  under the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and  furnishes  its
shareholders with annual reports containing  audited financial  statements after
the close of each fiscal year.




CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS  THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING
BY ENTERING STABILIZING BIDS OR EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING CERTAIN  UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS
(IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY  ON THE  NASDAQ  SMALL-CAP  MARKET IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 103 OF
REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."


<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial data,  including the notes related thereto,  appearing
elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  All share and per share data in this  Prospectus
(i) have  been  restated  to give  effect to a  1-to-1.21  reverse  stock  split
effected  on  October  6,  1997  and  (ii)  assume  that  the   Representative's
Over-Allotment  Option, the Representative's  Warrants and all other options and
warrants outstanding on the date of this Prospectus will not be exercised.

                                   The Company

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 725 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single copy sales of  approximately  6,000 magazine  titles offered in more than
65,000  stores.  As an extension of this service,  the Company  established  its
Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed upon percentage
of the incentive payments due to the retailer from magazine publishers.  It then
collects directly from the publishers the claims due to the retailer.  In fiscal
1997 and 1998, the Company  advanced  approximately  $15 million and $39 million
under the Advance Pay  Program,  respectively.  In  October,  1996,  the Company
expanded its services and  potential  client base with the  introduction  of the
Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information  service in which the
Company offers and provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers,  advertisers and
others with  industry-wide,  single copy magazine  sales  information  in a user
friendly  format.   Based  on  discussions  with   representatives  of  magazine
publishers,  the Company believes that publishers and advertisers  perceive that
PIN  provides a valuable  basis on which to formulate  marketing,  distribution,
advertising and other policies.

         The  Company  intends  to  continue  to  capitalize  on  its  retailing
experience  and  extensive  database of single copy magazine  sales  information
through  introduction of new and enhanced products and services,  application of
the  Company's   services  to  new  product   categories,   and  acquisition  of
complementary businesses. Since the introduction of PIN, most leading publishers
have subscribed,  including Time Distribution Services, ICD/The Hearst Corp. and
Globe Marketing  Services.  In May 1998, the Company began a 90-day beta test of
its  uniform  product  code  ("UPC")  information  service in six retail  chains
covering all four major store categories: mass merchandise, grocery, convenience
and pharmacy.  This UPC information  service will enable subscribing  publishers
and  retailers to  efficiently  access the data  necessary to verify and correct
price  changes  and other  information  contained  in the  product  code of each
magazine.  Management  expects that  publishers  will  recognize  the  potential
savings to be realized by using the  Company's  new UPC  information  service to
minimize  fines imposed by retailers  for  erroneous  product codes and expenses
associated with correcting improperly assigned codes.

         The Company's integrated software system is designed to efficiently and
accurately  accumulate  and manage sales data with respect to sales of low-cost,
high volume  consumer  products,  allowing  the  Company's  retailer  clients to
optimize  the  effectiveness  of their  marketing  effort.  While the  Company's
software  system was  developed  to aid  retailers  in the  collection  of sales
incentive  payments  and the  merchandising  of  magazines,  it has been used in
connection with confections and other consumer  products,  including high volume
items such as razors and batteries.  Such  capability has enabled the Company to
launch its front-end management program.  Front-end management was introduced in
July 1997 with a contract to manage the front-end of  approximately  2,200 Kmart
stores.  The  Company's  front-end  management  includes  ongoing  services with
respect  to  the   management   of  checkout   area   merchandising,   including
reconfiguration  and design of  fixtures,  product  selection,  plan-o-gramming,
vendor negotiation,  vendor billing and collection, fixture prototype review and
supervision  of fixture  installation.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  the
number  of stores  for  which the  Company  is  providing  front-end  management
services  has  grown  from the  2,200  stores  initially  involved  in the Kmart
Corporation contract to more than 10,000, with contracts for an additional 8,000
stores in active negotiation.

                                        3

<PAGE>

         The  Company  was formed by the  consolidation  of Display  Information
Systems  Corporation  ("DISC") and Periodical  Management  and  Marketing,  Inc.
("PMM"),  each of which were  significant  providers of information  services to
retailers of  magazines.  The Company has  expanded,  and intends to continue to
expand,  through the  acquisition  of businesses and  technologies  that address
additional services or products,  market segments or geographic regions in which
the Company is not currently  active and which would allow the Company to expand
the  services  offered to its  clients,  or its  ability to support  existing or
planned services.

Client Services

         The Company is dedicated to providing full information  services to its
clients. Such services include the following:

         Claim  Submission.  Through its software system,  the Company offers to
         assist retailers in accurately  monitoring,  documenting,  claiming and
         collecting publisher incentive payments.  Based on information gathered
         with  respect to the titles and  number of copies  actually  sold,  the
         Company  prepares  publisher  supplied  claim  forms  and  submits  the
         documented claim for payment to the appropriate  national  distributor,
         which acts as payment agent for the publisher.  Typically,  the Company
         receives payment to the order of the retailer,  records the payment and
         forwards  it to the  retailer.  The  Company  charges  the  retailer  a
         negotiated  percentage  of the cash  collected.  As an extension of its
         claim  submission  service,  the Company has established an Advance Pay
         Program.  Under this  program,  the  Company  advances  an agreed  upon
         percentage  of the  incentive  payments due the retailer  from magazine
         publishers.  It then collects  directly from the  publishers the claims
         due to the  retailer.  Service  revenues  earned  under the Advance Pay
         Program generally exceed those charged under the traditional method.

         Periodical  Information  Network. The Company's large and sophisticated
         database of magazine industry information has resulted in it becoming a
         magazine  information center which management  believes is used by many
         companies  in the  magazine  industry  to  formulate  and manage  their
         publishing and distribution  strategies.  PIN is a comprehensive system
         designed to use current  computer  technologies,  including  CD ROM, to
         effectively manage all elements of its database  including  information
         packaging and efficient inbound,  outbound access. The network provides
         access to periodically  updated historical  information  concerning the
         titles  and  quantity  of each  title sold by  retailers  for  analysis
         purposes. Most leading publishers have subscribed to PIN.

         Front-end Management. The Company assists retailers in maximizing sales
         and incentive payment revenues by reconfiguring and designing front-end
         merchandising  fixtures,  supervising fixture  installation,  selecting
         products,  negotiating  with vendors and performing the burdensome task
         of billing and collecting  incentive payments from vendors. The Company
         utilizes its  knowledge of local  consumer  preferences  and  incentive
         payment  programs  and  its  proprietary  SOURCEPRO  three  dimensional
         fixture  design and  imaging  system to analyze  the  retailer's  store
         layout, customer traffic patterns and available front-end merchandising
         alternatives,    and   develop   an   appropriate    checkout   display
         configuration.  Thereafter,  the Company  relieves  the retailer of the
         burden of managing the  invoicing  and  collection of payments due from
         the  numerous   vendors   participating   in  any  particular   display
         configuration.

         UPC Information  Service.  The Company has designed its UPC Information
         Service to enable  publishers and retailers to efficiently  communicate
         price  changes,  product code  corrections  and changes in the lists of
         titles  authorized  by a retailer for  front-end  merchandising  in any
         particular store.

                                        4

<PAGE>

         Marketing  and  Promotional   Program.  As  part  of  its  full-service
         philosophy,  the  Company  offers its  clients  advice and  suggestions
         concerning  specialized  marketing and  promotional  programs which may
         include,  for  example,  special  mainline  and  checkout  displays and
         cross-promotions  of  magazines  and products of interest to readers of
         such  magazines.  Such  services  are  offered to enhance  single  copy
         magazine sales by the Company's  clients,  and thereby increase service
         revenue due the Company in connection  with the submission of incentive
         payment  claims;  accordingly,  no  separate  charge  is made for these
         services.

         The Source Information  Management Company was organized under the laws
of the State of Missouri on March 22, 1995. Its principal  executive offices are
located at 11644 Lilburn Park Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, and its telephone
number is (314) 995-9040.

                                  The Offering

Securities offered by

  The Company....................    1,500,000 shares
  Selling Shareholders...........      500,000 shares
                                     ----------------

     Total.......................    2,000,000 shares

Common Stock outstanding
  prior to the offering(a).......    8,016,367 shares

Common Stock outstanding
  after the offering.............    9,516,367 shares

Use of Proceeds..................    To  fund  the  expansion  of  the Company's
                                     Advance   Pay    Program,    the   possible
                                     acquisition  by the  Company of one or more
                                     businesses,   the  development  of  new  or
                                     enhanced  products and services and to fund
                                     working capital and other general corporate
                                     activities, including the continued upgrade
                                     of  the  Company's  computer  hardware  and
                                     software systems. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Risk Factors.....................    This offering  involves  a  high degree  of
                                     risk. See "RISK FACTORS"  beginning on page
                                     7.

Nasdaq SmallCap Trading Symbol(b)    SORC

Boston Stock Exchange
  Trading Symbol(b)..............    SFM

Proposed Nasdaq National Market
  Trading Symbol.................    SORC

- -------------------

(a)      Based  on  shares  outstanding  as of March 5,  1998.  Excludes  shares
         reserved for issuance under the Company's  stock option and other stock
         based  plans and upon  exercise  of the  Over-Allotment  Option and the
         Representative's  Warrant,  as well as 683,414  reserved  for  issuance
         under   other   outstanding   warrants.    See   "CAPITALIZATION"   and
         "UNDERWRITING."

(b)      The  Company  intends to seek  delisting  of the Common  Stock from the
         Nasdaq  SmallCap  and the Boston Stock  Exchange  concurrent  with,  or
         promptly  following,  admission  of the Common  Stock to  quotation  on
         Nasdaq National Market.

                                        5

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA


         The  summary  financial  data  should be read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  notes  thereto,  appearing
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Fiscal Year Ended January 31,

Statements of Operations Data:            1998              1997                1996
                                         ------           --------            ------
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>   

Service Revenues.................     $11,795,496         $7,056,270        $7,195,176
Merchandise Revenues.............           8,348            242,177           926,008
                                       ----------         ----------         ---------

  Total Revenue..................      11,803,844          7,298,447         8,121,184
                                       ----------         ----------        ----------

  Gross Profit...................       5,943,191          2,233,859         3,711,962

Selling, General &
  Administrative Expense.........       2,350,622          2,904,372         2,799,841
                                       ----------         ----------        ----------

  Operating Income (Loss)........       3,592,569          (670,513)           912,121

Other Expense, Net ..............         772,561            309,992           314,127
                                       ----------         ----------        ----------

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes       2,820,008          (980,505)           597,994

  Net Income (Loss)..............       1,589,008          (603,317)           191,994

Earnings (Loss) Per Share
  Basic  ........................         $  0.23         $   (0.11)        $     0.04
  Diluted........................            0.22             (0.11)              0.04

Weighted Average
  Outstanding Shares
    Basic........................       6,561,761         5,557,223          5,028,547
    Diluted......................       6,693,666         5,557,223          5,028,547



                                                      January 31, 1998
Balance Sheet Data:                                Actual         As Adjusted(1)

Working Capital........................       $  16,988,047        $16,988,047

Total Assets...........................          23,807,857         23,807,857

Long-term debt, less current 
  portion..............................           8,604,057            159,838

Stockholders' Equity...................          12,494,713         20,938,932

<FN>

(1)      Based upon an assumed  offering price of $6.375 per share.  Assumes the
         net  proceeds  of  this  offering  will  be  applied  initially  to the
         temporary  reduction  of  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  the
         Company's credit facility resulting in total availability thereunder of
         $15,000,000. Any proceeds remaining after repayment of such outstanding
         balance  in  full  will be  invested  in  short-term,  interest-bearing
         securities or deposited in  interest-bearing  bank accounts and will be
         included in working capital.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                        6

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Any  forward-looking  statements  set  forth  in  this  Prospectus  are
necessarily subject to significant  uncertainties and risks, including,  but not
limited to those set forth in "RISK FACTORS." When used in this Prospectus,  the
words "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "intends," "expects," and similar expressions
are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  Actual  results could be
materially different as a result of various  possibilities,  including increased
competition,  significant changes in the marketing strategies of publishers, the
inability  of  the  Company  to  successfully   manage  its  expansion  and  the
availability of suitable  acquisition  candidates.  Readers are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on forward-looking  statements,  which speak only as of the
date  hereof.  The Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to publicly  release the
results of any revisions to these  forward-looking  statements which may be made
to reflect  events or  circumstances  after the date  hereof or to  reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.

         Prospective  investors should consider carefully the following factors,
in addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, in evaluating
an investment in the Common Stock offered hereby.


Dependence on the Marketing and Distribution Strategy of Publishers

         Approximately 80% of the Company's  revenues are currently derived from
the service  revenues  earned in connection with the collection of payments owed
to the  Company's  retailer  clients from  magazine  publishers  under  programs
designed by  publishers  to provide  magazine  retailers  with an  incentive  to
increase single copy magazine sales. Although these incentive programs have been
offered as part of the publishers'  overall marketing  strategy for more than 20
years,  the  incentive  programs  are  governed  by  short-term  contracts  and,
accordingly,  magazine publishers are under no long-term contractual  obligation
to continue the incentive programs in their present form or otherwise.  Although
largely unsuccessful, certain magazine publishers have experimented from time to
time with direct distribution of selected titles. Such arrangements  replace the
traditional incentive payment programs with discounted sale pricing. If magazine
publishers  successfully  develop and  implement a direct  distribution  program
which does not include an incentive payment component,  or otherwise discontinue
or significantly  modify the incentive  programs to which the Company's services
relate in a manner which is not  compatible  with the  Company's  services,  the
Company's  results of operations  and financial  condition may be materially and
adversely affected. See "BUSINESS-The Magazine Industry."

Risk Associated with the Advance Pay Program

         The recent  increases  in revenue  and  profitability  recorded  by the
Company result,  in part, from the admission of existing retailer clients to the
Advance Pay Program.  The profitability of the Advance Pay Program is dependent,
in part, on (a) the  difference  between the service  revenues  collected by the
Company  with  respect to the Advance Pay Program and the  interest  paid by the
Company  for  borrowed  funds  advanced  thereunder  and (b) the  length  of the
collection period of the trade accounts  receivable  associated with the Advance
Pay Program.  Interest  rates  applicable to borrowings  made by the Company are
subject to fluctuation and any decrease in the spread between  service  revenues
collected  and  interest  paid  would have a  negative  effect on the  Company's
results of operations and financial  condition.  The availability of funds under
the Company's  credit  facility is  conditioned  on the  maintenance  of certain
financial  ratios.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to
satisfy such conditions.  See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION   AND  RESULTS  OF   OPERATIONS-Liquidity   and  Capital   Resources."
Additionally,  any increase in the average  collection period for trade accounts
receivable  associated  with the Advance Pay Program will increase the Company's
interest  expense  and  have a  negative  effect  on the  Company's  results  of
operations and financial condition.

         Furthermore,  in connection  with the Advance Pay Program,  the Company
assumes the risk otherwise borne by the retailer client that magazine publishers
will refuse or be unable to pay the amount of incentive payments claimed.  Based
on historical  experience,  the Company  maintains a reserve of 2% of all claims
submitted  against such refusal or  inability  to pay.  However,  if a prominent
magazine  publisher files a petition in bankruptcy or otherwise seeks protection
from its creditors, such reserve may be inadequate and the results of operations
and  financial  condition  of the  Company  could be  materially  and  adversely
affected.

                                        7

<PAGE>

Risk of Increased Competition

         Competition  among  providers  of many of the  Company's  products  and
services,  particularly the processing of incentive  payment claims, is intense.
While such competition is fragmented,  the Company  recognizes  approximately 32
direct competitors,  all of which are closely-held  private companies.  Based on
its review of the industry and informal discussions with magazine publishers and
retailers, the Company believes that none of its direct competitors have greater
financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than the  Company.
However,  it is possible that certain  services  offered by the Company could be
performed  directly by its retail customers or otherwise offered or performed in
the future by publishers,  distributors or other organizations,  such as Nielsen
IRI and Audit Bureau of  Circulation.  Many of such  organizations  have greater
financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than the  Company.
Additionally,  competitors may develop new or different  service  programs which
are  perceived by customers to be of similar or superior  quality at the same or
lower prices than the  Company's  services.  There can be no assurance  that its
present  competitors  or companies  that choose to enter its  marketplace in the
future will not exert significant competitive pressures on the Company resulting
in a deterioration  of the business  environment in which the Company  operates,
including  a  decrease  in the  number of clients  served by the  Company  and a
decrease in the service  revenues  chargeable  by the  Company.  See  "BUSINESS-
Competition."

Management of Expansion

         The Company  intends to continue to implement  its  expansion  strategy
through  the  acquisition  of one or more  companies  which offer  products  and
services compatible to those of the Company,  some of which may involve products
or services with which  management  of the Company has little or no  experience.
Such  acquisitions  also could  continue  to place a  significant  strain on the
Company's  capital  and  human  resources.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will be able to adequately manage its expansion successfully,  introduce
new services or products,  or integrate any business  which it may acquire,  the
failure of any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Need to Manage New Service Introduction

         The Company  believes that its future growth is dependent,  in part, on
its ability to  anticipate  the  informational  needs of existing and  potential
clients  and  develop and  introduce,  in a timely  manner,  new  services  that
adequately  address such needs.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be  successful in  developing,  introducing  and marketing new services.  If the
Company is unable to introduce  new services or if the Company's new services do
not receive sufficient market  acceptance,  the Company's ability to achieve its
financial objectives may be adversely affected.

Unspecified Acquisitions

         The Company has allocated  $2,000,000 (or 20.9%) of the net proceeds of
this offering to acquire businesses. At the date of this Prospectus, the Company
has  no  commitments  or  contracts  to  acquire  any  businesses.  Furthermore,
management  has not selected any specific  business for investment of any of the
proceeds of this offering and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able  to  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates  or  consummate  any  such
acquisitions on acceptable  terms.  Purchasers of Common Stock will not have the
opportunity to vote on any such potential  acquisitions  or review the financial
status of any  business to be  acquired.  Shareholders  of the Company must rely
upon  management  for prudent  expenditure of the funds of the Company in making
such  acquisitions.  Management  of the  Company  does  not  anticipate  seeking
independent appraisals of any businesses which it may acquire.

                                        8

<PAGE>

Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Preferred Stock; Registration Rights

         Of the 8,016,367  shares of Common Stock  outstanding on March 5, 1998,
4,620,718  shares are  currently  eligible for sale to the public by persons who
are not  "affiliates"  of the Company  without  restriction.  All the  remaining
shares of Common Stock  outstanding are "restricted"  within the meaning of Rule
144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may
not be sold in the  absence  of  registration  under  the  Securities  Act or an
exemption  therefrom.  However,  the executive  officers,  directors and certain
other shareholders of the Company,  who as of March 5, 1998 beneficially held an
aggregate of 4,208,104 Common Stock,  have agreed that they will not without the
prior consent of the Representative,  sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock  beneficially owned by them for a period ending on October 7, 1998.
Thereafter,  such  persons  are  entitled  to sell,  without  the consent of the
Representative,  an increasing portion of the shares beneficially owned by them,
subject in some cases to the volume and other conditions of Rule 144.

         Pursuant to  authority  granted by its Articles of  Incorporation,  the
Company's  Board  of  Directors  (the  "Board")  has  authority  to  issue up to
2,000,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  and to  determine  the  price,  rights,
preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,  including  voting rights,
without any further vote or action by the Company's shareholders. The voting and
other  rights of the  holders  of Common  Stock  will be  subject  to and may be
adversely  affected by the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may
be issued in the  future.  The  issuance of  Preferred  Stock,  while  providing
desirable  flexibility in connection with obtaining  necessary capital resources
and for other corporate purposes,  could have the effect of delaying,  deferring
or  preventing  a change of control of the  Company.  The Company has no current
arrangements to issue any additional shares of Preferred Stock. See "DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK."

         The Company has filed a registration statement under the Securities Act
to register an  aggregate  of 520,661  shares of Common Stock issued or reserved
for issuance  under the Company's  1995  Incentive  Stock Option Plan and 41,322

shares issued or reserved for issuance under the Company's  Stock Award Plan. In
addition,  the  Company  intends  to file a  registration  statement  under  the
Securities  Act to  register  an  aggregate  of 600,000  shares of Common  Stock
reserved for issuance under the Company's 1998 Omnibus Plan.  Certain holders of
the  Company's  securities  have the  right to  require  the  Company  to file a
registration  statement with respect to the sale of approximately 225,722 shares
of Common Stock held by them.  No  prediction  can be made as to the effect,  if
any,  that future sales of Common Stock or the  availability  of such shares for
sale will have on the market price of the Common Stock  prevailing  from time to
time. Sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock, or the perception that such
sales might occur,  could  adversely  affect the prevailing  market price of the
Common Stock. See "CAPITALIZATION" and "SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE."

Continued Control By Management

         Upon completion of this offering,  the Company's executive officers and
directors   will   beneficially   own   approximately   31.9%  (  29.8%  if  the
Over-Allotment  Option is exercised in full) of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock.  As a result,  the Company's  executive  officers and directors will have
effective  voting control of the Company and the practical  ability to elect all
of the  Company's  directors and determine the vote on any matter being voted on
by the Company's  shareholders,  including any merger,  sales of assets or other
change of control of the Company.  The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  and
Bylaws do not provide for  cumulative  voting in the election of directors.  See
"PRINCIPAL AND SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS" and "CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS."

Related Party Transactions; Potential Conflicts of Interest

         From time to time prior to the commencement of the Company's operations
in May 1995, the Company's predecessors engaged in various transactions with its
directors,  executive  officers  and  other  affiliated  parties.  The terms and
conditions of such  transactions were not negotiated on an arms-length basis and
inherently involve conflicts of interest between the predecessor and the related
party.  However,  since May 1995, all  transactions  between the Company and its
officers, directors, principals,  shareholders and affiliates have been, and all
future  transactions  are  required  to  be,  approved  by  a  majority  of  the
independent  and  disinterested  outside  directors and must be on terms no less
favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated  third parties
under similar circumstances.

                                        9

<PAGE>

Dependence on Key and Other Personnel

         The Company  believes  that its success is  dependent,  in part, on the
efforts of its key  executives,  including S. Leslie  Flegel and William H. Lee.
The Company has entered into employment  agreements with all its key executives.
Although the Company  believes that the loss of no single  executive will have a
material adverse effect on the Company, certain events, many of which are beyond
the control of the  Company,  could  result in the loss of the  services of such
executives.  The  Company  has  procured  and  intends to  maintain  policies of
insurance on the lives of certain  members of its senior  management,  including
Messrs. Flegel and Lee. See "MANAGEMENT."

No Dividends With Respect to Common Stock

         The Company  currently  anticipates  that it will retain all its future
earnings,  if any, for use in the expansion  and operation of its business,  and
does  not  anticipate  paying  any cash  dividends  on its  Common  Stock in the
foreseeable  future.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will pay cash
dividends at any time with respect to the Common  Stock,  or that the failure to
pay dividends  for a period of time will not  adversely  affect the market price
for the Company's Common Stock.
See "PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY."

Anti-Takeover Effects of Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

         The Board has  authority to issue up to  2,000,000  shares of preferred
stock  and  to  determine  the  price,  rights,   preferences,   privileges  and
restrictions  thereof,  including  voting  rights,  without any further  vote or
action by the Company's  shareholders.  The voting and the rights of the holders
of Common Stock will be subject to and may be adversely  affected by, the rights
of the  holders of any  preferred  stock that may be issued in the  future.  The
issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection
with obtaining necessary capital resources and other corporate  purposes,  could
have the effect of delaying,  deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company.  The Company has no current arrangements to issue any additional shares
of  preferred  stock.  See  "DESCRIPTION  OF CAPITAL  STOCK." In  addition,  the
Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws  include  certain  provisions
providing  for the  staggered  election of  directors  and  restrictions  on the
ability of shareholders to call special meetings of  shareholders.  See "CERTAIN
PROVISIONS  OF THE  ARTICLES  OF  INCORPORATION  AND  BYLAWS."  The  Company  is
currently  subject to the Missouri  Takeover  Bid  Disclosure  Act,  which under
certain  circumstances may prohibit a business  combination  between the Company
and a  shareholder  owning 20% or more of the  outstanding  voting  power of the
Company.  The  Board  has  adopted  a  resolution  which,  if  approved  by  the
shareholders of the Company  at the 1998  annual meeting of  shareholders, would
amend the Bylaws to include an express election of the Company to not be subject
to  such  provisions  to the  extent  allowable  under  Missouri  law.  If  such
resolution is not adopted,  such  provisions  could have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

                                       10

<PAGE>

Representative's Warrants

         In connection with an October 1997 public offering of its Common Stock,
the Company sold to the Representative,  for nominal consideration, a warrant to
purchase  from the  Company up to 200,000  shares of Common  Stock at a purchase
price of $4.80  per share  (the  "1997  Warrants").  Upon  consummation  of this
offering,  the  Company  has  agreed to sell to the  Representative  and/or  its
designees, for nominal consideration,  the Representative's Warrants to purchase
from the  Company  up to an  additional  200,000  shares  of Common  Stock.  The
Representative's  Warrants are exercisable for a period of four years commencing
on the first  anniversary of the date of this  Prospectus,  at an exercise price
equal  to  $_____  per  share.  For  the  life  of the  1997  Warrants  and  the
Representative's   Warrants,  the  holders  are  given,  at  nominal  cost,  the
opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market price for the securities of the
Company without assuming the risk of ownership, with a resulting dilution in the
interest  of  other  security  holders.  As long as the  1997  Warrants  and the
Representative's Warrants remain unexercised,  the terms under which the Company
could obtain additional capital may be adversely affected. Moreover, the holders
of the 1997  Warrants  and the  Representative's  Warrants  may be  expected  to
exercise them at a time when the Company would,  in all  likelihood,  be able to
obtain any needed  capital by a new  offering  of its  securities  on terms more
favorable  than those  provided by the 1997  Warrants  and the  Representative's
Warrants.   Additionally,   if  the  holders  of  the  1997   Warrants  and  the
Representative's  Warrants should exercise their registration rights to effect a
distribution  of  the  1997  Warrants  and  the  Representative's   Warrants  or
underlying   securities,   the   Representative,   prior  to  and  during   such
distribution,  will be unable to make a market in the Company's  securities  and
will be required to comply with other  limitations on trading set forth in Rules
101, 103, and 104 of Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act. Such rules
restrict  the  solicitation  of  purchasers  of a  security  when  a  person  is
interested  in the  distribution  of such  security and also limit market making
activities by an interested person until the completion of the distribution.  If
the  Representative  must cease making a market, the market and market price for
such securities may be adversely affected and the holders of such securities may
be unable to sell such securities. See "UNDERWRITING."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  Company's  anticipated  use of
proceeds, expressed in dollars and as a percentage of gross proceeds.

                                               Amount           Percentage
                                               ------           ----------
Gross proceeds                               $9,562,500            100.0%
   Less:
     Underwriting discounts                     693,281             7.25%
     Offering expenses                          425,000              4.4%
                                             ----------           ------

Net proceeds                                $ 8,444,219             88.3%
                                            -----------           ------

Use of Proceeds:

Expansion of Advance Pay Program              6,000,000            62.75%

Acquisition of one or more
  businesses                                  2,000,000             20.9%

Development of new or enhanced
  products and services                         200,000              2.1%

Working Capital and general corporate
  purposes, including the continued
  upgrade of the Company's computer
  hardware and software systems                 244,219             2.55%
                                             ----------          -------

Total Use of Proceeds                        $8,444,219             88.3%
                                             ==========           ======

                                       11
<PAGE>

         Pending  the use of the net  proceeds  from the sale of the  shares  of
Common Stock as described  above such funds will be used to  temporarily  reduce
the principal balance under the Company's credit facility.  Such credit facility
provides  for  the  availability  of  up  to  $15,000,000  of  borrowings  until
termination by Wachovia Bank on not less than 13 months prior notice. At January
31, 1998,  the  outstanding  principal  balance  under this credit  facility was
$8,598,000,  the  effective  interest  rate  thereon  was 8.48%  and the  unused
availability thereunder was approximately  $6,402,000.  After application of the
net proceeds of this  offering to the  temporary  repayment  of the  outstanding
principal balance on its credit facility, the Company intends to make additional
borrowings under the credit facility for the foregoing purposes.

         The foregoing  represents the Company's present  intentions for the use
of the proceeds of this offering based on its currently contemplated operations,
business plan and currently  prevailing  economic and industry  conditions.  The
Company's  business plan contemplates that the Company may acquire businesses or
introduce  additional  products and  services.  Although the Company has had and
will continue to have discussions with potential acquisition  candidates it does
not  have  any  present  agreements  or  understandings   with  respect  to  any
significant  acquisitions.  Changes in the proposed  expenditures may be made in
response to, among other things,  requirements of and  opportunities  related to
the  Advance  Pay  Program,  the  ability of the Company to complete a strategic
acquisition,   and  changes  in  the  Company's   plans,   future  revenues  and
expenditures, as well as changes in general industry conditions and technology.

         The Company believes that the net proceeds of this offering,  cash flow
from operations, trade credit and existing lines of credit will be sufficient to
meet its  immediate  cash  needs and  finance  its plans for  expansion  for the
indefinite future, and in any case for not less than twelve months from the date
of this Prospectus.  This belief is based upon certain assumptions regarding the
Company's  business  and cash flow as well as  prevailing  industry and economic
conditions. The Company's funding requirements may vary significantly, depending
on how  rapidly  management  seeks to  expand  the  business  and the  expansion
strategies  elected.  Accordingly,  the  Company  may,  in the  future,  require
additional  financing to continue to expand its business.  There is no assurance
that the Company  will be  successful  in  obtaining  additional  financing,  if
required,  on favorable  terms,  or at all. If the Company were unable to obtain
additional  financing,  its ability to meet its current plan for expansion could
be materially and adversely  affected.  See  "CAPITALIZATION"  and "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."

                                       12
<PAGE>

                           PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

         From June 22, 1995 until February 12, 1996, the Company's  Common Stock
was quoted on the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board. Beginning on February 12, 1996, the
Common Stock was quoted on Nasdaq SmallCap under the symbol "SORC." Beginning on
October 7, 1997, the Common Stock was listed on the Boston Stock  Exchange.  The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,  the high and low closing
bid prices for the Common Stock as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board and Nasdaq
SmallCap, as applicable.

                                               High              Low
Fiscal 1997
         First Quarter                        $ 6.96            $5.30
         Second Quarter                       $ 5.75            $4.84
         Third Quarter                        $ 5.75            $3.18
         Fourth Quarter                       $ 3.93            $2.72

Fiscal 1998
         First Quarter                        $ 3.48            $2.58
         Second Quarter                       $ 3.71            $1.21
         Third Quarter                        $ 4.75            $3.18
         Fourth Quarter                       $ 5.38            $3.56

Fiscal 1999
         First Quarter                        $ 6.69            $5.13


         The foregoing quotations reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without retail
mark-up,  mark-down or  commission,  and may not  necessarily  represent  actual
transactions.  On May 7,  1998,  the last  sale  price for the  Common  Stock as
reported by Nasdaq  SmallCap  was $6.375 per share.  As of March 5, 1998,  there
were 114 holders of record of the Common Stock.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         During the last two years,  the  Company  has not  declared or paid any
cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Board presently, and for the foreseeable
future,  intends to retain all its earnings,  if any, for the development of the
Company's business.  The declaration and payment of cash dividends in the future
will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon a number of factors,
including among others, future earnings,  operations,  funding requirements, the
general financial condition of the Company and such other factors that the Board
may deem relevant.

                                       13

<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) as
of January  31,  1998 and (ii) as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of
the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby and the  application of the estimated
net  proceeds  therefrom.  This  table  should be read in  conjunction  with the
financial  statements of the Company,  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS"  and  "DESCRIPTION  OF CAPITAL
STOCK" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           January 31, 1998

                                                                 Actual             As Adjusted(a)

<S>                                                         <C>                      <C>

Long-term debt (less current portion)....................     $  8,604,057             $   159,838
                                                              ------------             -----------

Stockholders' equity:

 Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 16,528,925 
     authorized 8,016,367 shares outstanding actual, 
     9,516,367 shares outstanding as adjusted ...........           80,163                  95,163

 Additional paid-in capital .............................       10,513,949              18,943,168

 Retained earnings ......................................      $ 1,900,601             $ 1,900,601
                                                               -----------             -----------

         Total stockholders' equity .....................       12,494,713             $20,938,932
                                                               -----------             -----------

         Total capitalization ...........................     $ 21,098,770             $21,098,770
                                                              ============             ===========

<FN>

(a)  Based upon an assumed  offering price of $6.375 per share.  Assumes the net
     proceeds of this offering will be applied to the temporary reduction in the
     outstanding principal balance of the Company's credit facility resulting in
     total availability thereunder of $15,000,000.  Any proceeds remaining after
     repayment  of  such  outstanding  balance  in  full  will  be  invested  in
     short-term,  interest-bearing  securities or deposited in  interest-bearing
     bank accounts and will be included in working capital.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 The selected financial data as of and for the periods presented below have been
derived from the financial  statements of the Company.  The financial statements
of the Company as of and for the fiscal  years  ended  January 31, 1998 and 1997
have been  audited  by BDO  Seidman,  LLP,  and its report  thereon is  included
elsewhere herein. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
the financial  statements,  including the notes thereto,  appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."


                                       14

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended January 31,

Statements of Operations Data:                               1998                 1997                    1996
                                                            ------              --------                ------
<S>                                                    <C>                    <C>                   <C>   

Service Revenues...............................          $11,795,496            $7,056,270            $7,195,176
Merchandise Revenues...........................                8,348               242,177               926,008
                                                          ----------            ----------             ---------

  Total Revenue................................           11,803,844             7,298,447             8,121,184
                                                          ----------            ----------            ----------

  Gross Profit.................................            5,943,191             2,233,859             3,711,962

Selling, General &
  Administrative Expense.......................            2,350,622             2,904,372             2,799,841
                                                          ----------            ----------            ----------

  Operating Income (Loss)......................            3,592,569             (670,513)               912,121

Other Expense, Net ............................              772,561               309,992               314,127
                                                          ----------            ----------            ----------

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes..............            2,820,008             (980,505)               597,994

  Net Income (Loss)............................            1,589,008             (603,317)               191,994

Earnings (Loss) Per Share
  Basic  ......................................              $  0.23            $   (0.11)            $     0.04
  Diluted......................................                 0.22                (0.11)                  0.04

Weighted Average
  Outstanding Shares
    Basic......................................            6,561,761             5,557,223             5,028,547
    Diluted....................................            6,693,666             5,557,223             5,028,547



                                                                               January 31,
                                                                        1998
Balance Sheet Data:                                           Actual        As Adjusted(1)         1997               1996
                                                              ------        -----------          --------           ------

Working Capital................................        $  16,988,047        $16,988,047        $2,322,778        $1,305,679

Total Assets...................................           23,807,857         23,807,857        15,569,649         5,346,384

Long-term debt, less current portion...........            8,604,057            159,838            22,814            32,341

Stockholders' Equity...........................           12,494,713         20,938,932         3,145,622         2,017,626

<FN>

(1)      Based upon an assumed  offering price of $6.375 per share.  Assumes the
         net  proceeds  of  this  offering  will  be  applied  initially  to the
         temporary  reduction  of  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  the
         Company's credit facility resulting in total availability thereunder of
         $15,000,000. Any proceeds remaining after repayment of such outstanding
         balance  in  full  will be  invested  in  short-term,  interest-bearing
         securities or deposited in  interest-bearing  bank accounts and will be
         included in working capital.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       15

<PAGE>
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 725 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single copy sales of  approximately  6,000 magazine  titles offered in more than
65,000  stores.  As an extension of this service,  the Company  established  its
Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed upon percentage
of the incentive payments due to the retailer from magazine publishers.  It then
collects directly from the publishers the claims due to the retailer.  In fiscal
1997 and 1998, the Company  advanced  approximately  $15 million and $39 million
under the  Advance  Pay  Program,  respectively.  In October  1996,  the Company
expanded its services and  potential  client base with the  introduction  of the
Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information  service in which the
Company offers and provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers,  advertisers and
others with  industry-wide,  single copy magazine  sales  information  in a user
friendly  format.   Based  on  discussions  with   representatives  of  magazine
publishers,  the Company believes that publishers and advertisers  perceive that
PIN  provides a valuable  basis on which to formulate  marketing,  distribution,
advertising and other policies.

         A majority of the  Company's  revenues  are derived  from  service fees
earned in  connection  with the  collection  of incentive  payments  owed to the
Company's  retailer  clients from magazine  publishers.  Most incentive  payment
programs  offer  the  retailer  a cash  rebate,  equal  to a  percentage  of the
retailer's net sales of the publisher's titles,  which is payable quarterly upon
submission of a properly  documented  claim.  Under agreements with its retailer
clients,  the Company gathers sales data,  submits claims for payment,  collects
payments and receives a percentage  of the aggregate  payments  collected on the
retailers' behalf.  Claims for incentive payments are generally submitted to the
publisher quarterly based on net sales of the publishers' titles recorded in the
previous  calendar  quarter.  Except in connection with its Advance Pay Program,
the Company does not  guarantee to its retailer  clients any payments due to the
client from magazine  publishers,  and  accordingly,  does not assume any credit
risk associated with such incentive payments. In substantially all the contracts
under the Advance Pay Program,  which is  continuing  to represent an increasing
percentage   of  the  payments   collected,   the  Company  bears  the  risk  of
uncollectibility  associated with collecting payments from publishers.  To date,
management  believes that the reserve  maintained by the Company as an allowance
for doubtful  accounts in the amount of approximately 2% of accounts  receivable
is  adequate to satisfy any losses  incurred by the Company  from  uncollectible
accounts receivable.

         Under  both the  standard  arrangement  and the  Advance  Pay  Program,
commission  revenue is recognized at the time claims for incentive  payments are
substantially  completed for  submission to the  publishers  based on the amount
claimed,  less an  estimated  reserve  necessary  to maintain an  allowance  for
doubtful  accounts of  approximately 2% of trade accounts  receivable.  However,
under the standard arrangement, invoices for services provided by the Company in
connection  with the claim  process are not issued  until the  Company  receives
settlement of the claim.  Under the Advance Pay Program,  the revenue recognized
by the Company  represents  the  difference  between the amount  advanced to the
retailer customer and the amount claimed against the publisher.


                                       16

<PAGE>

Results of Operations

         The  following  table sets forth,  for the periods  presented,  certain
information  relating to the operations of the Company expressed as a percentage
of Total Revenues:

                                                  Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
                                                  1998                   1997
                                                  ----                   ----
Service Revenues                                   99.9%                  96.7%
Merchandise Revenues                                0.1                    3.3
                                                  -----                  -----
Total Revenues                                    100.0                  100.0

Cost of Service Revenues                           49.4                   66.6
Cost of Merchandise Sold                            0.3                    2.8
                                                  -----                  -----
Gross Profit                                       50.3                   30.6
Selling, General & Administrative 
  Expense                                          19.9                   39.8
                                                  -----                  -----
Operating Income (Loss)                            30.4                   (9.2)

Interest, Net                                      (5.9)                  (3.9)
Other Income (Expense), Net                        (0.7)                  (0.4)
                                                  -----                  ------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes                  23.8                  (13.4)

Net Income (Loss)                                  13.5%                  (8.3)%

Service Revenues

         Increased  retailer  participation  in the  Advance  Pay  Program,  the
acquisition of Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc. and the growth in subscriptions
to  PIN  contributed  to  an  increase  in  service  revenues  of  approximately
$4,739,000,  or 67%, over fiscal 1997. Of the total, claims, PIN and Advance Pay
Program revenues increased approximately $3,898,000, or 61% over the prior year.
Revenue from front-end  management services increased from $636,000 in the prior
year to $1,477,000 in fiscal 1998,  or 132%,  resulting  from an increase in the
number of  reconfiguration  programs  undertaken by the Company on behalf of its
retailer  clients,   including  the  Kmart  program.   Historically,   front-end
management  revenues  have  fluctuated  as a  result  of a  variety  of  factors
including the number and magnitude of reconfiguration programs undertaken by the
Company's  retailer  clients and the timely shipping of front-end  merchandising
fixtures by manufacturers. Consequently, variations in the timing and amounts of
front-end  management revenues could have a material positive or negative effect
on the  Company's  operating  results  of any given  quarter.  In May 1998,  the
Company introduced its proprietary  SOURCEPRO software,  which enables retailers
to visualize alternative checkout  configuration in a three-dimensional  graphic
environment and analyze the relative  profit  potential which can be achieved by
the retailer from alternative configurations.

Merchandise Revenues and Cost of Merchandise Sold

         As a result of its  relationships  with the  leading  retailers  in the
United States,  the Company has had opportunities  from time to time to purchase
merchandise,  such as gift and  greeting  cards,  caps and  other  leisure  time
products for resale to its retailer clients. However, at the end of fiscal 1997,
management  decided to  de-emphasize  this  portion of its  business in order to
dedicate more resources to its core services.  As a result, the revenues derived
from  merchandising  sales  declined in fiscal  1998 as the related  merchandise
inventory was liquidated.

Cost of Service Revenues and Selling, General and Administrative 
Expense ("Total Costs")

         Despite a 67% increase in Service Revenues,  Total Costs increased only
$412,000, or 5%. Increased costs incurred in connection with the acquisitions of
Magazine Marketing,  Inc., Readers Choice, Inc. and Mike Kessler and Associates,
Inc.,  including  wages,  amortization,  rent and  depreciation,  were more than
offset by the related  revenue  increases.  In  addition,  wages  increased as a
result of bonuses and the hiring of individuals  formerly employed by Data-Pros,
Inc., a data processing  service company purchased on January 1, 1997.  However,
the increase in wages in connection with the acquisition was largely offset by a
decrease in data processing expenses.

                                       17

<PAGE>

Interest Expense

         Interest  Expense  increased  $402,000  principally  due  to  increased
borrowings  necessary  to fund the growth in the Advance  Pay Program  and, to a
lesser extent, to fund the acquisition of Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

         The effective income tax rate for fiscal year 1998 was 43.7%. This rate
varied from the federal  statutory  rate due to state  income taxes and expenses
not deductible for income tax purposes.  Such  non-deductible  expenses  include
meals and  entertainment,  goodwill  amortization,  and officers' life insurance
premiums.

Earnings Per Share

         In calculating  earnings per share, net income for the year was reduced
by a constructive dividend of $109,937,  which resulted from the exchange of all
5,600  outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock for 186,667 shares of Common Stock
and non-transferable  warrants,  expiring in 2000, to purchase 310,709 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

Year 2000 Readiness

         The  Company  is aware  of the Year  2000  issues  associated  with the
practice  of  encoding  only  the  last  two  digits  of  four  digit  years  in
computer-based system. Year 2000 issues, if not properly addressed, could result
in  disruptions  of  operations.   Currently,   management  estimates  that  the
incremental   cost  to  renovate  other   applications   and  test   replacement
applications  and  system to become  year 2000  ready  will not have a  material
effect on the Company's  financial condition results of operations or liquidity.
No assurance can be given that the Company will successfully  avoid all problems
with the Year 2000 issue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The  Company's  primary cash  requirements  are for meeting the working
capital  required in  connection  with the costs  incurred in obtaining  service
revenues,  selling,  general and administrative expenses (particularly salaries,
travel and  entertainment)  incurred in the maintenance of existing accounts and
in connection with the solicitation of new clients,  and for funding the Advance
Pay Program.  Historically,  the Company has  financed  its business  activities
through cash flow from operations,  short-term  borrowings under available lines
of credit and through the issuance of equity securities.

         Net cash used by operating  activities  was  $5,520,000  and $6,511,000
during the years ended January 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  If, and so long
as the  Advance  Pay  Program  grows at the rate  experienced  in  fiscal  1998,
management  anticipates  cash used by  operations  will  continue to exceed cash
provided by operations.  However, if and when the conversion of existing and new
customer accounts to the Advance Pay Program has been  substantially  completed,
management anticipates,  based on its existing operations, that cash provided by
operations will exceed cash used by operations.

         Accounts receivable increased $5,500,000 as a result of the significant
growth of the Advance Pay Program.  The average  collection  period for 1998 was
136 days (considered to be within an acceptable range by management based on the
nature of the Company's business and historical experience) compared to 153 days
for 1997. The collection periods were calculated as follows: 365 days/(Revenues/
Average  Accounts  Receivable),  where  accounts  receivable  includes all trade
accounts  receivable,  but only the  service  fee  portion of  amounts  due from
publishers in association with the Advance Pay Program.

         The Company is primarily engaged in the business of providing  services
to its retailer clients;  therefore,  its capital  expenditure  requirements are
minimal.  At  January  31,  1998,  the  Company  had  no  outstanding   material
commitments for capital expenditures.

                                       18

<PAGE>

         The Company has a credit  agreement  that provides for a revolving loan
of up to  $15,000,000  with Wachovia Bank,  N.A.  Wachovia Bank has the right to
terminate the agreement upon not less than thirteen months prior written notice.
Borrowings  bear interest at a rate related to the monthly LIBOR index rate plus
a percentage  ranging from 2.5% to 3.5%  depending upon the ratio of funded debt
to earnings before interest,  taxes,  depreciation and amortization.  Borrowings
are secured by a security  interest in substantially all of the Company's assets
including  receivables,  inventory,  equipment,  goods and  fixtures,  software,
contract rights, notes, and general intangibles. Under the credit agreement, the
Company is required to maintain certain  financial  ratios. At January 31, 1998,
the Company was in compliance  with all financial  ratios  imposed by the credit
agreement.

         At January 31, 1998, the Company's  total  long-term  debt  obligations
were  $8,635,054.  Of such  amount,  $30,997 will mature  within 12 months.  The
Company  anticipates that the funds necessary to satisfy these  obligations will
be derived from cash flows from operations.

         At January  31,  1998,  the Company  had total  deferred  tax assets of
$214,000 and total  deferred tax  liabilities  of $1,086,000  resulting in a net
deferred tax liability of $872,000  reflecting  the net tax effects of temporary
differences  between  the  carrying  amount of the  assets and  liabilities  for
financial  reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting.  Of
this liability, $316,000 results from a change in accounting method from cash to
accrual by (i) the Company's  predecessors  in connection  with the formation of
the  Company,  (ii)  Magazine  Marketing,   Inc.  and  (iii)  Mike  Kessler  and
Associates,  Inc. This  liability is expected to be paid  $222,000,  $72,000 and
$22,000 over the next three years,  respectively.  The Company  anticipates that
the funds  necessary to satisfy this tax  obligation  will be derived  primarily
from cash flows from operations.

         In July 1997,  the holders of the Company's  1996 Series 7% Convertible
Preferred  Stock  exchanged all 5,600  outstanding  shares for 186,667 shares of
Common  Stock at an  effective  price of $3.00 per  share  and  non-transferable
warrants,  expiring in 2000,  to purchase  310,709  shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price  of  $3.00  per  share.  The  exchange  resulted  in a  one-time
constructive  dividend of  $109,937,  which was  reported in the fiscal  quarter
ended July 31, 1997.

         In September 1997, the Company issued to Aron Katzman,  Harry L. Franc,
III and Timothy A.  Braswell,  each a director of the Company,  non-transferable
warrants,  expiring in 2000, to purchase an aggregate of 89,289 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise  price of $3.00 per share.  These  warrants  will vest at a
rate of 25% on August 1, 1998,  25% on November 1, 1998, 25% on February 1, 1999
and 25% on May 1, 1999. The related expense  incurred of  approximately  $54,000
will be recognized ratably over those periods.

New Accounting Standards

         SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,"  was issued in June
1997.  Comprehensive income is defined as net income plus certain items that are
recorded directly to shareholders'  equity,  such as unrealized gains and losses
on  available-for-  sale securities.  Components of the Company's  comprehensive
income will be included in a financial statement that has the same prominence as
other  financial  statements  starting in the first quarter of fiscal 1999. SFAS
No. 130's disclosure requirements will have no impact on the Company's financial
condition or results of operations.

         SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure  about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information," is effective for financial  statements for periods beginning after
December 15, 1997,  but interim  reporting is not required in 1998. An operating
segment is  defined  under SFAS No. 131 as a  component  of an  enterprise  that
engages in  business  activities  that  generate  revenue  and expense for which
operating  results are  reviewed by the chief  operating  decision  maker in the
determination of resource  allocation and performance.  The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 131 on future financial statement disclosures.


                                       19

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

         For more than 20 years, The Source Information  Management Company (the
"Company") and its predecessors have provided information gathering,  consulting
and other information based services to operators of mass merchandise,  grocery,
convenience and pharmacy stores located throughout the United States and eastern
Canada. Currently, the Company provides monitoring and documentation services to
approximately 725 retailers,  such as Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc., Kmart Corporation,
Target Stores,  Inc., Food Lion, Inc., and W.H. Smith,  Inc., in connection with
processing  and  collection of incentive  payments  from magazine  publishers on
single copy sales of  approximately  6,000 magazine  titles offered in more than
65,000  stores.  As an extension of this service,  the Company  established  its
Advance Pay Program,  under which the Company advances an agreed upon percentage
of the incentive payments due to the retailer from magazine publishers.  It then
collects directly from the publishers the claims due to the retailer.  In fiscal
1997 and 1998, the Company  advanced  approximately  $15 million and $39 million
under the Advance Pay  Program,  respectively.  In  October,  1996,  the Company
expanded its services and  potential  client base with the  introduction  of the
Periodical  Information  Network  ("PIN"),  an information  service in which the
Company offers and provides  subscribing  magazine  publishers,  advertisers and
others with  industry-wide,  single copy magazine  sales  information  in a user
friendly  format.   Based  on  discussions  with   representatives  of  magazine
publishers,  the Company believes that publishers and advertisers  perceive that
PIN  provides a valuable  basis on which to formulate  marketing,  distribution,
advertising and other policies.

Formation of the Company

         The  Company  was  organized  in  1995  by  the  consolidation  of  two
significant   providers  of  services  to  retailers  of  magazines   and  other
periodicals.  The Company has expanded through the acquisition of businesses and
technologies that addressed additional services or products,  market segments or
geographic  regions  in which  the  Company  was not  previously  active.  These
acquisitions  have  allowed  the Company to expand the  services  offered to its
clients and enhanced its ability to support  existing and planned  services.  In
1995, the Company  acquired the business of Dixon's Modern  Marketing  Concepts,
Inc. and Tri-State Stores, Inc., both of Chicago Heights, Illinois. In 1996, the
Company acquired the businesses of Magazine Marketing,  Inc. of Canton, Ohio and
Readers  Choice,  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of United  Magazine  Company  located in
Columbus,  Ohio. In May 1997, the Company  acquired the business of Mike Kessler
and Associates, Inc. of Fair Lawn, New Jersey.

The Magazine Industry

         Based on its  knowledge of the industry and  discussions  with magazine
publishers  and  retailers,  management  of the Company  believes  that magazine
publishers  are placing an increasing  degree of importance on revenues  derived
from single copy  newsstand  sales and that the  emphasis  placed on single copy
sales by publishers  will continue to increase as: (i) mailing costs continue to
rise with respect to subscription  distribution;  and (ii) magazine  advertisers
continue to value the improved  target market accuracy  achieved  through single
copy sales.

         The distribution of the  approximately  6,000 magazine titles currently
published for single copy sales on a national basis is dominated by six national
distributors, which distribute to over 200 local independent distributors, which
in turn  supply  copies  to  magazine  retailers.  Although  the  nature  of the
businesses in which magazine retailers are engaged is wide ranging,  the largest
volume of single copy sales  historically  is achieved by grocery  retailers and
mass merchandise  stores. The primary function of the retailer is the display of
available  titles  in two  store  locations,  at a  dedicated  section  called a
"mainline display" and at displays located within the merchandise checkout area.
Because magazines are frequently purchased on impulse,  publishers  increasingly
compete for display spaces, referred to as "pockets," at the checkout.

         National  distributors  receive  a  brokerage  fee  based on sales  and
distribution  to local  distributors.  Local  distributors  purchase copies at a
discount  to the  suggested  retail  price and  resell to  retailers,  also at a
discount to the  suggested  retail price.  Unsold  copies are  returnable by the
retailer  for full credit to all parties in the  distribution  chain,  such that
payments are made only with respect to copies  actually sold. All accounting for
copies is done by the local distributors  which invoice for distributed  copies,
credit retailers for returns and credit national  distributors for sales through
a computer-assisted single entry information system.

                                       20

<PAGE>

         To provide further incentives to retailers to prominently display their
respective  titles,  publishers  typically  enter into Retail Display  Allowance
("RDA") programs under which the retailer is entitled to receive, on a quarterly
basis,  a cash rebate  directly from the publisher  equal to a percentage of the
retailer's  actual net sales of the  publisher's  titles  upon  submission  of a
properly  documented  claim.  Conversely,  certain  publishers  of  high  volume
magazines  essentially  rent "pocket"  space from  retailers for the display and
sale of specific titles.  Such rent,  referred to as "pocket payments" (or "RDP"
payments),  is a fixed  amount  per  pocket,  per  store  based on the  verified
location and other criteria of the pocket, and is paid quarterly.  A majority of
RDA and RDP  programs  are  administered  on  behalf  of the  publishers  by the
national distributors.

         Publishers  have also  implemented  programs to encourage  retailers to
upgrade  their  checkout  and  mainline  display  fixtures  by  making  one-time
incentive  payments,  based on the pockets allocated to their respective titles.
Similar  to RDA and RDP,  such  payments  are made  only  upon  submission  of a
properly documented claim.

Client Services

         The Company is dedicated to providing full information  services to its
clients. Such services include the following:

         Claim Submission.  Through its information  system, the Company assists
retailers  in  accurately  monitoring,   documenting,  claiming  and  collecting
publisher incentive payments.  The claim submission process begins at the end of
each  calendar  quarter  when the  Company  obtains  information  from the local
distributors  detailing  the titles and  number of copies  actually  sold by the
client  retailer.  Based on this  information,  the Company  prepares  publisher
supplied  claim  forms  and  submits  the  documented  claim to the  appropriate
national  distributor,  which acts as  payment  agent for the  publisher.  After
verification of the claim, the national  distributor remits payment to the order
of the retailer in care of the Company,  which  records the payment and forwards
it to the retailer.  The Company charges the retailer a negotiated percentage of
the cash collected.

         As an  extension  of its claim  submission  service,  the  Company  has
established  an  Advance  Pay  Program.  Under  the  provisions  of the  written
agreement  signed by each  participating  retailer,  the  Company  collects  the
incentive payments otherwise due the retailer directly from magazine  publishers
with respect to the sale and display of magazines.  In return,  the Company pays
to the retailer a negotiated  fixed  percentage of the total incentive  payments
otherwise due the retailer with respect to each calendar  quarter  generally not
later than ninety days after the end of each such quarter.  The funds  necessary
to make such payments are derived from cash flow from  operations and borrowings
under the Company's  existing  $15.0 million  credit  facility.  Typically,  the
agreement  provides for a minimum term of one year and  thereafter is terminable
by either party on not less than ninety days notice.  This service  relieves the
retailer from the  burdensome  administrative  task of processing  multitudes of
small  publisher  checks.  Service  fees  earned  under the  Advance Pay Program
generally exceed those charged under the traditional method; however the Company
generally assumes the risk of uncollectibility of the incentive payments.  Based
on historical experience,  the Company maintains a reserve for doubtful accounts
equal to  approximately  2% of  outstanding  accounts  receivable.  The  Company
believes such reserve will be adequate.

         Periodical   Information   Network  (PIN).   The  Company's  large  and
sophisticated  database  of magazine  industry  information  has  resulted in it
becoming a magazine information center which management believes is used by many
companies  in  the  magazine   industry  to  formulate   their   publishing  and
distribution  strategies.  PIN is a comprehensive system designed to use current
computer  technologies,  including CD-ROM, to effectively manage all elements of
the Company's  database including  information  packaging and efficient inbound,
outbound access. The network provides access to periodically  updated historical
information  concerning  the titles and quantity of each title sold by retailers
for analysis  purposes.  Most leading publishers have subscribed to PIN. The PIN
subscription  agreement  provides that the Company will furnish each  subscriber

                                       21

<PAGE>

with a historical database of sales information and quarterly updates capable of
generating three general types of reports: total sales, sales by class of trade,
and sales by retailer.  Each report ranks titles in order of sales  volume,  and
provides other sales related information, including sales efficiencies, category
contributions  and total sales ranking.  Subscribers pay service fees equal to a
one-time enrollment fee and quarterly update fees.  Subscriptions have a term of
one year, which are automatically  renewed for successive  one-year terms unless
either party terminates by notice to the other not later than ninety days before
commencement of the next renewal term. PIN accounted for approximately 4% of the
Company's 1998 revenues.

         Front-End Management. The Company assists retailers in maximizing sales
and  incentive  payment  revenues  by  reconfiguring  and  designing   front-end
merchandising  fixtures,  supervising fixture installation,  selecting products,
negotiating  with  vendors and  performing  the  burdensome  task of billing and
collecting  incentive payments from vendors.  The Company utilizes its knowledge
of local  consumer  preferences  and  incentive  payment  programs and its newly
developed  SOURCEPRO  three  dimensional  fixture  design and imaging  system to
analyze the retailer's  store layout,  customer  traffic  patterns and available
front-end  merchandising  alternatives,  and  develop  an  appropriate  checkout
display  configuration.  Thereafter,  the Company  relieves  the retailer of the
burden of  managing  the  invoicing  and  collection  of  payments  due from the
numerous  vendors   participating  in  any  particular  display   configuration.
Front-end  management  was introduced in July 1997 with a contract to manage the
front-end  of  approximately   2,200  Kmart  stores.  The  Company's   front-end
management  includes ongoing services with respect to the management of checkout
area merchandising,  including  reconfiguration and design of fixtures,  product
selection,  plan-o-gramming,  vendor negotiation, vendor billing and collection,
fixture prototype review and supervision of fixture installation. As of the date
of this  Prospectus,  the  number of stores for which the  Company is  providing
front-end  management  services  has grown to more  than  10,000,  and  involves
arrangements with other prominent retailers such as SuperValu,  Hills, Southland
and Cub  Foods.  The  Company  is  currently  in active  negotiation  to provide
front-end  management  services  with several  prominent  retailers  who operate
approximately  8,000  stores.   Front-end   management  services  accounted  for
approximately 13% of the Company's 1998 revenues.

         UPC Information  Service.  The Company's UPC Information  Service is an
interactive, internet-based information center designed to enable publishers and
retailers to efficiently communicate price changes, product code corrections and
changes  in  the  lists  of  titles  authorized  by  a  retailer  for  front-end
merchandising  in any  particular  store.  Subscribers  customize the package of
services   perceived  to  have  the  greatest   value  under  their   respective
circumstances  from a menu of services which include  downloadable daily updates
of product code data and corrections and real time listings of titles authorized
for sale in each retail chain serviced by the Company.  In May 1998, the Company
began a 90-day beta test of its uniform product code ("UPC") information service
in six retail chains covering all four major store categories: mass merchandise,
grocery,  convenience  and pharmacy.  Management  believes that  publishers will
recognize  the  potential  savings to be realized by using the Company's new UPC
information service to minimize fines imposed by retailers for erroneous product
codes and expenses associated with correcting improperly assigned codes.

         Marketing  and  Promotional   Program.  As  part  of  its  full-service
philosophy,  the Company  offers its clients advice and  suggestions  concerning
specialized  marketing and promotional  programs which may include, for example,
special  mainline or checkout  displays and  cross-promotions  of magazines  and
products of interest to the readers of such magazines. Such services are offered
to enhance  single copy  magazine  sales by the Company's  clients,  and thereby
increase  service  revenues due the Company in connection with the submission of
incentive  payment  claims;  accordingly,  no separate  charge is made for these
services.

                                       22
<PAGE>

Growth Opportunities

         Expansion  of  Services  to  New  Product  Categories.   The  Company's
information  services are designed to efficiently and accurately  accumulate and
manage  sales  data with  respect  to sales of low cost,  high  volume  consumer
products.  While the  Company's  services,  including  PIN and the  Advance  Pay
Program,  were developed for use in the magazine industry,  the Company has been
engaged to provide its  services in  connection  with  integrated  magazine  and
confections  and expects to offer its services for use in connection  with other
consumer products, such as razors and batteries.

         Development  of New and  Enhanced  Products and  Services.  The Company
believes  that  its  future  success  will be  dependent  upon  its  ability  to
anticipate  the  informational  needs of existing and  potential  clients and to
develop and  introduce,  in a timely  manner,  new products  and services  which
address such needs.  A portion of the proceeds of this  offering are expected to
be used to continue the Company's  development of new and enhanced  products and
services.  The  Company  encourages  creativity  and  originality  in its  sales
personnel  and  believes  that one of the keys to the growth of the  Company has
been the  willingness  of senior  management  to  implement  product and service
solutions suggested by the Company's personnel to address the needs of customers
with whom they interact. In addition, Messrs. Flegel and Lee, as well as various
members of the Company's senior  management and sales staff,  periodically  meet
with its consumers to discuss  industry trends and  informational  requirements.
After identifying an unsatisfied  consumer need, members of the Company's senior
management  and sales team meet to design new or enhanced  products and services
addressing such need.  Thereafter,  a team is appointed to develop such products
and services for introduction to the market.

Customers/Clients

         The Company provides  services to  approximately  725 operators of mass
merchandise,  grocery,  convenience and pharmacy  stores located  throughout the
United States and eastern Canada. Such retailers include Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc.,
Kmart Corporation,  Target Stores, Inc., Food Lion, Inc. and W.H. Smith, Inc. In
addition,  the  Company  provides  market  data to  publishers,  including  Time
Distribution Services, ICD/The Hearst Corp. and Globe Marketing Services. All of
the  Company's  services  are  rendered  pursuant to short term  contracts  and,
accordingly, the Company's clients are under no long term contractual obligation
to continue to employ the Company's services.

Marketing and Sales

         The Company  markets its  services  through its own direct sales force.
The Company's sales group consists of ten regional managers and three divisional
vice presidents. Each manager is assigned to a specific geographic territory and
is responsible for the preparation of quotations,  program presentations and the
general  development  of sales,  as well as  maintenance  of existing  accounts,
within his or her assigned territory.

Competition

         Competition  among  providers  of many of the  Company's  products  and
services,  particularly the processing of incentive  payment claims, is intense.
While such competition is fragmented,  the Company  recognizes  approximately 32
direct competitors, all of which are closely-held private companies. The Company
believes  that,  in  virtually  all cases,  it is the sole  provider of magazine
incentive  payments claim services to its clients,  the Company's clients do not
perform  such  services  on their  own  behalf  and that  none of the  Company's
competitors  currently  provide  the range of services  offered by the  Company.
Furthermore,  the  Company  believes  that none of its direct  competitors  have
greater  financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than  the
Company.  However,  it is possible that certain  services offered by the Company
could be performed  directly by its retail  customers  or  otherwise  offered or
performed in the future by publishers, distributors or other organizations, such
as Nielsen, IRI and Audit Bureau of Circulation. Many of such organizations have
greater  financial,  technological,  marketing  and  sales  resources  than  the
Company. Additionally, competitors may develop new or different service programs
which are  perceived by  customers  to be of similar or superior  quality at the
same or lower prices than the Company's services.

         Management further believes that the principal  competitive  factors in
the  retail  information  industry  include  information  access,  technological
support, accuracy, system flexibility, financial stability, customer service and
reputation. The Company believes it competes effectively with respect to each of
the above factors.

                                       23

<PAGE>

Properties

         The Company conducts its operations from 11 office facilities,  located
in  St.  Louis,  Missouri;  New  York,  New  York;  Chicago  Heights,  Illinois;
Schaumburg,  Illinois;  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma;  San Antonio,  Texas; Cranberry
Township, Pennsylvania; Canton, Ohio; Woodstock, Georgia; Fair Lawn, New Jersey;
and  Mississauga,  Ontario,  Canada.  These  facilities  contain an aggregate of
approximately 19,000 square feet of space. Each of the facilities is occupied by
the  Company  under  leases  containing  terms  and  conditions  believed  to be
comparable  to those  prevailing in the market in which the facility is located.
The Company  believes  that each of such  facilities  may be  relocated  without
material expense or delay, and that suitable  alternative  office facilities are
available in each market on comparable terms, if required.

         In addition,  the Company's  data  processing  center,  located in High
Point, North Carolina, contains approximately 13,900 square feet and is occupied
under a written lease with 711 Gallimore  Partnership,  a North Carolina general
partnership  expiring in 2012.  Such lease  provides  for the payment of monthly
rent of approximately  $14,000,  subject to adjustment for taxes,  insurance and
utilities. See "MANAGEMENT-Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Management Information Systems

         The Company  uses a customized  information  system to  accumulate  and
manage sales data in connection with its processing of claims and maintenance of
the PIN database  under a license from a third party which has been  retained by
the  Company to service  and  upgrade the  Company's  information  system.  This
sophisticated  information system is of a type used by several companies engaged
in the collection of sales incentive payments in the magazine  industry.  In May
1998, the Company introduced its proprietary  SOURCEPRO software,  which enables
retailers  to  visualize   alternative   checkout   configurations  in  a  three
dimensional   graphic   environment  and  analyze  relative  profit   potential.
Management  believes that  currently none of the Company's  competitors  utilize
comparable technology to assist retailers in space design.

Intellectual Property Rights

  Although  the  Company  uses  several  service  marks in  connection  with its
business,  it believes that its business is not dependent on the strength of its
service marks or any of its intellectual property rights.

Legal Proceedings

         The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings, other than routine
claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company does
not believe that such claims and  lawsuits,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.

Employees

         As of April  30,  1998,  the  Company  employed  111  persons,  of whom
approximately  85% were employed on a full-time basis and approximately 15% were
employed on a part-time basis. Of such persons, 27 are engaged in administrative
activities,  two devote at least a portion  of their  efforts  to  research  and
development  activities  and the  remaining  employees  are  engaged  in  sales,
customer support and data processing. The Company's employees are not subject to
a collective bargaining agreement.  The Company considers its relations with its
employees to be good.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  the
directors and executive officers of the Company:

Name                                Age     Position

S. Leslie Flegel                    60      Director, Chairman and Chief 
                                            Executive Officer

William H. Lee                      47      Director, President and Chief 
                                            Operating Officer

John P. Watkins                     42      Chief Administrative Officer and 
                                            President-Retail Services

Dwight L. DeGolia                   53      Executive Vice President

W. Brian Rodgers                    32      Assistant Secretary and Chief 
                                            Financial Officer

Jason S. Flegel                     32      Sr. Vice President of RDA Operations

Stephen E. Borjes                   48      President--Front-End Merchandising 
                                            Group

Timothy A. Braswell                 69      Director

Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III         62      Director

Aron Katzman                        60      Director

Randall S. Minix                    48       Director


         Each of the Executive  Officers is a full-time employee of the Company.
Non-employee  directors  of the  Company  devote such time to the affairs of the
Company as is necessary and appropriate. Set forth below are descriptions of the
backgrounds of the Executive Officers and Directors of the Company:

S. Leslie Flegel has been a director,  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Company  since its  inception  in March  1995.  For more than 14 years prior
thereto,  Mr.  Flegel was the  principal  owner and chief  executive  officer of
Display Information Systems Company ("DISC"), a predecessor of the Company.

William H. Lee has been a director, President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company  since its  inception in March 1995.  For  approximately  14 years prior
thereto,  Mr.  Lee was the  principal  owner  and  chief  executive  officer  of
Periodical Marketing and Management, Inc. ("PMM"), a predecessor of the Company.

John P. Watkins has served as Chief Administrative  Officer and President-Retail
Services  since  February  1, 1996.  For more than 16 years prior  thereto,  Mr.
Watkins served in several senior  management  positions with Food Lion,  Inc., a
seven billion dollar retail grocery chain. From September 1992 to July 1995, Mr.
Watkins served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and a member
of the board of directors of Food Lion, Inc.

Dwight L. DeGolia has served as Executive  Vice  President of the Company  since
its  commencement  of  operations  in May 1995.  For more  than ten years  prior
thereto,  Mr.  DeGolia served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing
for DISC.  From 1986 to 1993,  Mr. DeGolia also served as a director of Advanced
Marketing Services, a leading supplier of books to wholesale clubs.

W. Brian  Rodgers  has served as  Assistant  Secretary  of the Company and Chief
Financial Officer since October 1996. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Rodgers
practiced  for seven years as a Certified  Public  Accountant  with BDO Seidman,
LLP.

Jason S. Flegel has served as Senior Vice President of RDA Operations since June
1996. Prior thereto, and since the Company's inception in March 1995, Mr. Flegel
served as Vice  President  -  Western  Region.  For more  than two  years  prior


                                       25

<PAGE>

thereto,  Mr. Flegel was an owner and the Chief Financial Officer of DISC. Jason
S. Flegel is the son of S. Leslie Flegel.

Stephen E. Borjes has served as President of Front-End Merchandising Group since
September,  1997. For more than 20 years, Mr. Borjes held several positions with
Dixie News Co. ("Dixie News") and the News Group,  which purchased Dixie News in
1994. His latest position at News Group was Vice President of Operations for the
distribution  centers in  Charlotte  and Winston-  Salem,  North  Carolina,  and
Johnston City, Tennessee.

Timothy  A.  Braswell  has been a director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations in May 1995. He established Braswell Investment Company, a consultant
and broker of wholesale  magazine  businesses in 1994 and is its owner. For more
than five years prior thereto,  Mr.  Braswell was the principal  owner and chief
executive  officer of City News Co. and Dixie News, each of which is a wholesale
periodical company.

Harry L.  "Terry"  Franc,  III,  has been a  director  of the  Company  since it
commenced  operations  in May 1995.  Mr.  Franc is one of the founders of Bridge
Information Systems,  Inc. ("BIS"), a global provider of information services to
the securities industry and of BIS's subsidiary, Bridge Trading Company ("BTC"),
a registered  broker-dealer and member of the New York Stock Exchange.  For more
than 20 years, Mr. Franc served as a director and an Executive Vice President of
BIS and an Executive Vice President of BTC.

Aron  Katzman  has  served  as a  director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations in May 1995. For more than five years prior to May 1994,  when it was
sold, Mr. Katzman  served as the Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of Roman
Company,  a manufacturer and distributor of fashion custom jewelry.  Mr. Katzman
is a member of the board of directors of Phonetel Technologies, a company listed
on the American Stock Exchange.

Randall  S. Minix has served as a director  of the  Company  since it  commenced
operations in May 1995. For more than six years, Mr. Minix has been the managing
partner of Minix,  Morgan & Company,  L.L.P.,  an  independent  accounting  firm
headquartered in Greensboro, North Carolina.

         The Board consists of six members,  each of whom serve in such capacity
for a three  year term or until a  successor  has been  elected  and  qualified,
subject  to earlier  resignation,  removal  or death.  The  number of  directors
comprising the Board may be increased or decreased by resolution  adopted by the
affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of  the  Board.  The  Company's  Articles  of
Incorporation  and Bylaws  provide for three  classes of  directorships  serving
staggered  three year terms such that  one-third of the directors are elected at
each annual meeting of  shareholders.  The terms of Messrs.  Flegel and Lee will
continue  until the 1998 annual  meeting of  shareholders,  the terms of Messrs.
Katzman and Minix will continue  until the 1999 annual  meeting of  shareholders
and the terms of Messrs.  Braswell and Franc will continue until the 2000 annual
meeting of shareholders.

         The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee,
a  Finance  Committee  and an  Acquisition  Committee.  The Audit  Committee  is
comprised of two non-employee  directors,  presently Messrs.  Minix and Katzman,
and has the  responsibility  of  recommending  the firm that  will  serve as the
Company's independent auditors, reviewing the scope and results of the audit and
services provided by the Company's independent accountants, and meeting with the
financial staff of the Company to review accounting procedures and policies. The
Compensation Committee is comprised of three non-employee  directors,  presently
Messrs.  Katzman,  Braswell and Franc, and has been given the  responsibility of
reviewing the financial records of the Company to determine overall compensation
and  benefits  for  executive  officers  of the  Company  and to  establish  and
administer the policies which govern  employee  salaries and benefit plans.  The
Finance Committee is comprised of two directors,  Messrs. Franc and Katzman. The
Finance Committee has been given the  responsibility of monitoring the Company's
capital  structure,  reviewing  available  alternatives to satisfy the Company's
liquidity and capital requirements and recommending the firm or firms which will
provide investment  banking and financial advisory services to the Company.  The
Company's  Acquisition  Committee  is comprised  of three  directors,  presently
Messrs.  Franc,  Braswell and Katzman,  and has been given the responsibility of
monitoring  the  Company's  search  for  attractive  acquisition  opportunities,
consulting  with members of  management to review plans and  strategies  for the
achievement of the Company's  external growth  objectives and  recommending  the
firm or firms that will serve as advisors to the Company in connection  with the
evaluation of potential business combinations.

                                       26

<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

         The following table summarizes information concerning cash and non-cash
compensation paid to or accrued for the benefit of the named executive  officers
for all services rendered in all capacities to the Company and its predecessors.
<TABLE>

                                                   SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>

                                                        Annual Compensation
Name of Principal                                                                     Other Annual
   Position                                 Year          Salary         Bonus      Compensation(a)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>              <C>             <C>
S. Leslie Flegel                            1998       $ 255,000        $ 96,300        $ 25,643
 Chairman and Chief Executive               1997         227,500         176,398          30,624
 Officer                                    1996         200,000          26,543          30,995

William H. Lee                              1998       $ 255,876        $ 60,000        $ 12,629
 President and Chief Operating              1997         224,830          30,000          13,944
 Officer                                    1996         192,646               -          19,006

Dwight L. DeGolia                           1998       $ 150,000        $ 29,200         $10,777
 Executive Vice President                   1997         140,000           4,773          11,223
                                            1996         134,884               -          16,739

John P. Watkins                             1998       $ 150,000        $ 25,000         $ 9,986
  Chief Administrative Officer and          1997         150,000               -          11,891
  President-Retail Services                 1996               -               -               -

Robert B. Dixon(b)                          1998       $ 150,000        $  5,500        $ 12,797
 Executive Vice President and               1997         150,000               -          13,907
 President-Periodical Information           1996         114,000        $ 50,000           5,458
 Management

<FN>

(a)      Reflects  personal  benefits derived by Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee, DeGolia,
         Watkins and Dixon  primarily in connection with personal use of Company
         automobiles,  country club membership dues and life insurance premiums.
         In fiscal 1998 the estimated incremental cost to the Company of the use
         by  Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee,  DeGolia,   Watkins  and  Dixon  of  Company
         automobiles   was   $9,566,   $8,523,   $6,312,   $7,800  and   $8,597,
         respectively.  In fiscal  1997,  such cost to the Company was  $10,339,
         $8,650, $6,090, $7,800 and $8,597,  respectively.  In fiscal 1996, such
         cost was $11,444, $6,234, $6,360, $-0-, and $3,158, respectively.

         In fiscal 1998,  the estimated  incremental  cost to the Company of the
         membership dues paid on behalf of Messrs. Flegel, Lee, DeGolia, Watkins
         and Dixon was $6,984, $1,050, $4,465, $1,425 and $4,200,  respectively.
         In fiscal 1997, such cost to the Company was $11,192,  $2,239,  $5,133,
         $3,330 and $5,310, respectively. In fiscal 1996, such cost was $11,503,
         $4,738, $4,751, $-0- and $2,300, respectively.

         In fiscal 1998, the estimated  incremental  cost to the Company of life
         insurance  premiums  paid on behalf of Messrs.  Flegel,  Lee,  DeGolia,
         Watkins  and  Dixon  was   $9,093,   $3,056,   $-0-,   $761  and  $-0-,
         respectively.  In fiscal  1997,  such cost to the  Company  was $9,093,
         $3,056,  $-0-, $761 and $-0-,  respectively.  In fiscal 1996, such cost
         was $8,048, $8,033, $5,628, $-0- and $-0-, respectively.

(b)      Regrettably, Mr. Dixon died on February 26, 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       27

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                     OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
<CAPTION>


                         Number of         % of Total
                        Securities        Options/SARs
                        Underlying         Granted to         Exercise or
                       Options/SARs       Employees in         Base Price        Expiration
           Name           Granted          Fiscal Year          ($/Sh)             Date
           ----           -------         ------------         --------           -----

<S>                     <C>                  <C>                <C>             <C>
S. Leslie Flegel         89,256(1)             27%                $1.66           5-14-02
William H. Lee           49,091(2)             15%                $2.66           6-24-02
Dwight L. DeGolia        10,909(3)             3%                 $2.42           6-24-07
John P. Watkins          13,636(3)             4%                 $2.42           6-24-07
                         74,380(4)             23%                $5.60           2-01-01
Robert B. Dixon              0                  0                  N/A              N/A

- ----------------------------
<FN>

(1)  Options were granted May 15, 1997 and are exercisable as follows: 29,752 on
     or after May 15, 1998, 29,752 on or after May 15, 1999 and 29,752 on or 
     after May 15, 2000.
(2)  Options were granted June 25, 1997 and are exercisable as follows:16,364 on
     or after June 25, 1998, 16,364 on or after June 25, 1999, and 16,363 on or 
     after June 25, 2000.
(3)  Options were granted June 25, 1997 and are exercisable 20% a year, 
     cumulatively, for a period of five years.
(4)  Options were granted June 25, 1997 and are exercisable as follows: 24,793, 
     immediately, 16,529 on or after February 1, 1998,  16,529 on or after  
     February  1, 1999,  and 16,529 on or after February 1, 2000.

</FN>
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

               AGGREGATE OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                            AND FYE OPTION/SAR VALUES

<CAPTION>
                                                                    Number of             Value of Unexercised
                                                                  Unexercised                In-the Money
                                                              Option/SARs at Fiscal         Options/SARs at
                            Shares                                Year End (#)            Fiscal Year End ($)
                          Acquired on            Value            Exercisable/                Exercisable/
           Name          Exercise (#)        Realized ($)         Unexercisable              Unexercisable
           ----          ------------        ------------         -------------              -------------
<S>                       <C>                 <C>               <C>                        <C>
S. Leslie Flegel               0                   0                0/89,256                   0/309,272
William H. Lee                 0                   0                0/49,091                   0/121,009
Dwight L. DeGolia              0                   0               2,182/8,727                5,902/23,607
John P. Watkins                0                   0              27,520/60,496               7,377/29,509
Robert B. Dixon                0                   0                   0/0                        0/0
</TABLE>

Director Compensation

         Under the Company's present policy, each director of the Company who is
not also an employee of the Company  receives $1,000 payable in shares of Common
Stock, with the exception of Mr. Minix, who is paid in cash, for each meeting of
the Board  attended.  Directors are also entitled to be reimbursed  for expenses
incurred by them in attending meetings of the Board and its committees.

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers.

         Under the  terms of a written  agreement  with the  Company,  Dwight L.
DeGolia has agreed to refrain from  disclosing  information  confidential to the
Company or engaging directly or indirectly, in any activity which is competitive
with the business of the Company  during the term of his  employment and for two
years thereafter.

                                       28

<PAGE>

         In  October  1997,  the  Company   entered  into  separate   employment
agreements with S. Leslie Flegel,  William H. Lee and W. Brian Rodgers,  each of
which expires January 31, 1999 (subject to renewal).  Under the agreements,  Mr.
Flegel will serve as the  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Company in exchange for annual base  compensation of $255,000,  Mr. Lee will
serve as President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company in exchange for
annual base  compensation of $240,573,  and W. Brian Rodgers will serve as Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company in exchange  for annual base  compensation  of
$100,000,  subject to annual  adjustment  by the  Compensation  Committee of the
Board (the "Base Compensation").  In the event the employment of any such person
with the  Company is  terminated  for  reasons  other than for cause,  permanent
disability  or death or there occurs a  significant  reduction in the  position,
duties or responsibilities  thereof (a "Termination") within two years following
a "Change of Control"  (as defined in the  agreement  and which does not include
this offering), the discharged person will be entitled to an additional bonus of
300% of his then current annual Base  Compensation.  Such person also will agree
to refrain from disclosing information  confidential to the Company or engaging,
directly or  indirectly,  in the  rendition of services  competitive  with those
offered by the Company during the term of his  employment  agreement and for two
years thereafter, without the prior written consent of the Company.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         From time to time,  the Company and its  predecessors  have  engaged in
various transactions with its directors, executive officers and other affiliated
parties. The following paragraphs summarize certain information  concerning such
transactions  and  relationships  which have occurred during the past two fiscal
years or which are presently proposed.

         Predecessor Transactions

         S. Leslie Flegel,  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company
and Dwight L. DeGolia,  Executive Vice President of the Company,  have from time
to time  received  cash  advances  from the Company  and DISC,  a  subchapter  S
predecessor of the Company.  The largest  aggregate amount of such  indebtedness
outstanding  at any time  since  February  1,  1997 was  $270,675  and  $22,093,
respectively.  In October,  1997, Mr. Flegel repaid in full all indebtedness due
by him to the  Company.  As a result,  at January  31,  1998,  such  outstanding
balances were $-0- and $22,093,  respectively.  All advances to Mr.  DeGolia are
evidenced by promissory notes in favor of the Company.  Such notes bear interest
at rates varying from 6.96% to 7.34% per annum and mature from 2001 to 2003.

         On June 28, 1991,  PMM entered into a written  lease with 711 Gallimore
Partnership in which Mr. William H. Lee,  President and Chief Operating  Officer
of the Company,  is a partner,  whereby 711 Gallimore  Partnership leases to the
Company  certain  office  space in High Point,  North  Carolina.  The lease,  as
amended in January  1996,  provides  for annual rent of $168,072  and expires in
2012.  In fiscal  1998 and 1997,  the  Company  paid 711  Gallimore  Partnership
$174,888 and $157,498, respectively, in rent.

         Company Transactions

         Data-Pros,  Inc.  ("Data-Pros"),  a  corporation  in which Mr. Lee is a
shareholder, provided the Company with data processing services. In fiscal 1997,
the Company paid Data-Pros  $274,893 for such services.  On January 1, 1997, the
Company purchased the assets of Data-Pros for $45,000.

         2532  Partnership,  a North Carolina  partnership in which Mr. Lee is a
partner, has occasionally  provided the Company with the use of an airplane.  In
fiscal 1998, the Company paid 2532 Partnership  $11,692 in consideration for the
use of the airplane.

         In July,  1997, the holders of the Company's 1996 Series 7% Convertible
Preferred  Stock  exchanged all 5,600  outstanding  shares for 186,667 shares of
Common   Stock  at  an  effective   exchange   price  of  $3.00  per  share  and
non-transferable  warrants,  expiring  in 2000,  to purchase  310,709  shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

         In September  1997,  the Company issued to Messrs.  Katzman,  Franc and
Braswell,  non-transferable warrants, expiring in 2000, to purchase an aggregate
of 89,289 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $3.00 per share.  Such
warrants will vest at a rate of 25% on August 1, 1998,  25% on November 1, 1998,
25% on February 1, 1999 and 25% on May 1, 1999.

                                       29

<PAGE>

         The  terms of the  foregoing  transactions  were not  negotiated  on an
arms-length  basis,  but were  ratified  by a majority  of the  independent  and
disinterested outside directors who had access, at the Company's expense, to the
Company's  legal counsel.  All future  transactions  between the Company and its
officers, directors, principal shareholders and affiliates will be approved by a
majority of the independent and disinterested  outside directors,  who will have
access, at the Company's expense, to the Company's legal counsel, and must be on
terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from  unaffiliated
third parties under similar circumstances.

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth certain information as of March 5, 1998,
concerning the beneficial  ownership of the Company's  Common Stock by: (i) each
person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent
of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  (ii) all  directors,  (iii) each  executive
officer named in the Summary  Compensation  Table contained in this  Prospectus,
and (iv) all directors and  executive  officers of the Company as a group.  Each
person  named has sole voting and  investment  power with  respect to the shares
indicated, except as otherwise stated in the notes to the table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Beneficial Ownership       Number of Shares      Beneficial Ownership
                                              Prior to Offering          Being Offered        After the Offering
 Name and Address                           --------------------       ----------------      --------------------
of Beneficial Owner                          Amount        Percent                             Amount      Percent
- -------------------                          ------        -------                             ------      -------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
S. Leslie Flegel                           1,361,470         17.0%             125,000        1,236,470      13.0%
   11644 Lilburn Park Road
   St. Louis, Missouri 63146

William H. Lee                             1,095,615         13.7              130,000          965,615      10.1
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina 27265

Cameron Capital Ltd.                         712,829(a)       8.6              100,000        612,829(a)      6.2
   10 Cavendish Road
   Hamilton, HM 19, Bermuda

Timothy A. Braswell                          473,131          5.9              100,000          373,131       3.9
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina 27265

Aron Katzman                                 129,941          1.6                               129,941       1.4
   10 Layton Terrace
   St. Louis, Missouri 63124

Dwight L. DeGolia                            149,340(b)       1.9               35,000(c)       114,340(b)    1.2
   11644 Lilburn Park Road
   St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Jason S. Flegel                              148,430(d)       1.9               10,000          138,430(d)    1.5
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina  27265

Harry L. Franc, III                           33,238          *                                  33,238       *
   19 Briarcliff
   St. Louis, Missouri 63124

John P. Watkins                               44,049(e)       *                                  44,049(e)    *
   711 Gallimore Dairy Road
   High Point, North Carolina  27265


                                       30

<PAGE>

Randall S. Minix                             8,485            *                                   8,485       *
   5502 White Blossom Drive
   Greensboro, North Carolina 27410

All directors and
executive officers
as a group (11 persons)                  3,449,881(f)        42.7              400,000        3,049,881(f)   31.9
<FN>

   *Less than 1%

(a)      Includes exercisable options to acquire 300,000 shares of Common Stock 
         at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

(b)      Includes exercisable options to acquire 2,182 shares of Common Stock at
         an exercise price of $2.42 per share.

(c)      A  portion of  the  proceeds from the  sale of such shares will be used 
         to  repay in full  the  indebtedness  of Mr.  DeGolia  to the  Company.
         Accordingly,  the Company will indirectly receive the proceeds from the
         sale of these shares.  Mr.  DeGolia is the Executive  Vice President of
         the Company. See "MANAGEMENT."

(d)      Includes exercisable options to acquire 1,819 shares of Common Stock at
         an exercise price of $2.42 per share.

(e)      Includes exercisable options to acquire 8,930 shares of Common Stock at
         an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

(f)      Includes exercisable options not listed separately above to acquire 
         6,182 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.42 per share.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

         The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  (the "Articles")  provide for
authorized  capital of 18,528,925  shares,  consisting  of 16,528,925  shares of
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.01 par  value per share  ("Preferred  Stock").  At March 5,  1998,  8,016,367
shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred  Stock were  outstanding.  The
following  summary  description of the capital stock of the Company is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Articles.

Common Stock

         The  holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled  to cast one vote for each
share of record on all  matters to be voted on by  shareholders,  including  the
election  of  directors.  The  Company's  Articles  (and  Bylaws)  provide for a
classified  Board with three classes serving  staggered three year terms so that
approximately one-third of the directors will be elected at each annual meeting.
This  provision  could have the effect of delaying,  deferring  or  preventing a
change in control of the  Company.  Subject  to  payment or  provision  for full
cumulative  dividends in respect of any outstanding  shares of Preferred  Stock,
the  holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled  to receive  dividends  when and if
declared  by  the  Board  out of  legally  available  funds.  In  the  event  of
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up of the  affairs  of the  Company,  the
holders of the  Common  Stock are  entitled  to share  ratably in all  remaining
assets  available for  distribution to them after the payment of liabilities and
after  provision has been made for each class of stock,  including the Preferred
Stock,  having  preference  over the Common  Stock.  Holders of shares of Common
Stock, as such, have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and
there are no redemption provisions generally applicable to the Common Stock.

Preferred Stock

     The Company is  authorized  to issue up to  2,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock.  The  Board has the  authority  to issue  Preferred  Stock in one or more
series and to fix the number of shares  constituting any such series, the voting
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special  rights  and  qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions   thereof,
including the dividend rights,  dividend rate,  terms of redemption,  redemption

                                       31

<PAGE>

price or prices, conversion and voting rights and liquidation preferences of the
shares  constituting  any  series,  without  any  further  vote or action by the
shareholders of the Company.  The issuance of Preferred Stock by the Board could
adversely affect the rights of holders of Common Stock. For example, issuance of
Preferred  Stock could result in a series of securities  outstanding  that would
have  preferences  over the  Common  Stock  with  respect  to  dividends  and in
liquidation  and that could  (upon  conversion  or  otherwise)  enjoy all of the
rights appurtenant to the Common Stock.

         The  authority  possessed by the Board to issue  Preferred  Stock could
potentially  be used to discourage  attempts by others to obtain  control of the
Company through merger, tender offer, proxy or consent solicitation or otherwise
by making such attempt more  difficult to achieve or more costly.  The Board may
issue Preferred Stock without  shareholder  approval and with voting rights that
could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

         The Transfer  Agent and Registrar  for the Common Stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

         CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

         The  Articles  and Bylaws of the  Company  contain  certain  provisions
regarding the rights and privileges of shareholders,  some of which may have the
effect of discouraging  certain types of transactions  that involve an actual or
threatened change of control of the Company, diminishing the opportunities for a
shareholder to participate in tender offers,  including tender offers at a price
above the then current market value of the Common Stock or over a  shareholder's
cost basis in the Common Stock, and inhibiting  fluctuations in the market price
of the Common Stock that could result from takeover  attempts.  These provisions
of the Articles and Bylaws are summarized below.

Size of Board, Election of Directors and Classified Board

         The Articles  provide that the number of directors  shall be fixed from
time to time as  provided  in the  Bylaws.  The Bylaws  provide for a minimum of
three  and a  maximum  of nine  persons  to serve on the  Board.  The  number of
directors  may  be  increased  or  decreased  by a  resolution  adopted  by  the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the Board.  The Articles further provide that
the Board may amend the Bylaws by action taken in  accordance  with such Bylaws,
except to the extent that any matters under the Articles or  applicable  law are
specifically reserved to the shareholders.

         The Bylaws provide that the Board will be divided into three classes of
directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and one
of each such classes shall be elected each year to serve for a three-year term.

Shareholder Nominations and Proposals

         The  Company's  Bylaws  provide for  advance  notice  requirements  for
shareholder  nominations  and  proposals  at  annual  meetings  of the  Company.
Shareholders may nominate  directors or submit other proposals only upon written
notice to the Company not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the
date of the notice to  shareholders  of the previous  year's annual  meeting.  A
shareholder's  notice  also must  contain  certain  additional  information,  as
specified in the Bylaws. The Board may reject any proposals that are not made in
accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the Bylaws or that are not proper
subjects of shareholder  action in accordance  with the provisions of applicable
law.

                                       32

<PAGE>

Calling Shareholder Meetings; Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting

         Matters to be acted upon by the  shareholders  at special  meetings are
limited to those which are specified in the notice thereof. A special meeting of
shareholders  may be called by the Board,  the Chairman or the  President of the
Company  or at the  request  in  writing  of  shareholders  holding at least ten
percent (10%) of the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote at such meeting.  As
required by Missouri law, the Bylaws provide that any action by written  consent
of  shareholders  in lieu of a  meeting  must be signed  by the  holders  of all
outstanding shares of Common Stock.

     The foregoing  provisions contained in the Articles and Bylaws are designed
in part to make it more difficult and time consuming to obtain majority  control
of the Board or  otherwise  to bring a matter  before  shareholders  without the
Board's consent,  and therefore to reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an
unsolicited  takeover  proposal.  These  provisions  are  designed to enable the
Company to develop  its  business in a manner  which will  foster its  long-term
growth  without  the threat of a  takeover  not deemed by the Board to be in the
best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and to reduce, to the extent
practicable,  the potential disruption entailed by such a threat. However, these
provisions  may  have an  adverse  effect  on the  ability  of  shareholders  to
influence the  governance  of the Company and the  possibility  of  shareholders
receiving a premium above the market price for their securities from a potential
acquirer who is unfriendly to management.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Sections 351.355(1) and (2) of The General and Business Corporation Law
of the State of Missouri provide that a corporation may indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was
a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the best
interests  of the  corporation  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  such  person's  conduct  was
unlawful,  except  that,  in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of
the  corporation,  the  corporation  may  not  indemnify  such  persons  against
judgments and fines and no person shall be indemnified as to any claim, issue or
matter as to which  such  person  shall  have  been  adjudged  to be liable  for
negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of  the  person's  duty  to the
corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or
suit was  brought  determines  upon  application  that such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for  proper  expenses.  Section  351.355(3)
provides that, to the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent of the
corporation  has been  successful  in the  defense of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the person shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses,  including  attorney's  fees,  actually  and
reasonably  incurred  by such person in  connection  with such  action,  suit or
proceeding.   Section  351.355(7)   provides  that  a  corporation  may  provide
additional  indemnification to any person  indemnifiable under subsection (1) of
(2), provided such additional indemnification is authorized by the corporation's
articles of incorporation or an amendment  thereto or by a  shareholder-approved
bylaw or  agreement,  and  provided  further  that no person  shall  thereby  be
indemnified  against  conduct which was finally  adjudged to have been knowingly
fraudulent,  deliberately  dishonest or willful  misconduct or which involves an
accounting for profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  Paragraph
9 of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the Company permits the Company to enter
into  agreements with its directors,  officers,  employees and agents to provide
such  indemnification as deemed appropriate.  Paragraph 9 also provides that the
Company may extend to its directors and executive officers such  indemnification
and additional indemnification.

                                       33

<PAGE>

         The Company has entered into an indemnification agreements with certain
of its  directors and officers.  The form of indemnity  agreement  provides that
each such person will be indemnified to the full extent  permitted by applicable
law  against  all  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,   fines,
penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, on account of his services as a director and officer
of the Company or any other  company or enterprise in which he is serving at the
request of the Company,  or as a guarantor  of any debt of the  Company.  To the
extent the  indemnification  provided under the agreement exceeds that permitted
by applicable law, such  indemnification  may be unenforceable or may be limited
to the extent it is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to
public policy.

         The Company has  procured and intends to maintain a policy of insurance
under which the directors  and officers of the Company will be insured,  subject
to the limits of the policy,  against  certain  losses  arising from claims made
against such  directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions  covered
under such policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise,  the Company has been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Based on shares  outstanding as of March 5, 1998, the Company will have
outstanding  9,516,367  shares of Common Stock upon completion of this offering.
Of the shares,  approximately 6,124,557 shares, including those offered for sale
in this offering,  will be tradeable  without  restriction  under the Securities
Act.  The  remaining   3,391,810   shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by  existing
shareholders  are  "restricted"  within  the  meaning  of Rule 144.  Subject  to
compliance  with the  provisions  of Rule 144, all of such shares  presently are
eligible for sale to the public,  notwithstanding the fact that such shares have
not been registered under the Securities Act.

         In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate of the
Company,  or  a  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are  aggregated)  who  has
beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year but less than two
years,  will be  entitled to sell in any  three-month  period a number of shares
that does not exceed the  greater  of (i) 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of
common stock  (approximately  95,000 shares  immediately after this offering) or
(ii)  the  average   weekly  trading  volume  during  the  four  calendar  weeks
immediately  preceding  the date on which  notice of the sale is filed  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to
certain  requirements  relating to manner of sale,  notice and  availability  of
current  information  about the Company.  A person (or persons  whose shares are
aggregated)  who is not deemed to have been an  affiliate  of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately  preceding the sale and who has beneficially
owned his or her shares for at least two years is  entitled  to sell such shares
pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.

         In accordance  with the provisions of an agreement which each director,
executive  officer and holder of more than 5% of the Common  Stock has  executed
and delivered to the Representative,  certain restrictions  prohibiting the sale
of the 4,208,104 shares of Common Stock  beneficially  held by such persons have
been imposed.  The restrictions imposed by these agreements remain in effect for
a period  ending on  October  7, 1998 and for a period of 12 months  thereafter,
such persons are prohibited from selling more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of
such  shares in any  calendar  quarter,  subject in some cases to the volume and
other  conditions  of Rule 144.  The  agreements  to be executed by the existing
directors,  officers, and shareholders of the Company will have no effect on the
date on which shares become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

         The Underwriters  named below, for whom Donald & Co. Securities Inc. is
acting as representative (the "Representative"),  have severally agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, to purchase from the
Company  and the  Selling  Shareholders  a total of  2,000,000  shares of Common
Stock.  The number of shares of Common Stock that each Underwriter has agreed to
purchase is set forth opposite its name:

                                                                Number of
                 Underwriter                                     Shares
         Donald & Co. Securities Inc.

                                                                2,000,000


         The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel to the
Underwriters and various other conditions  precedent,  and that the Underwriters
are  obligated  to purchase  all of the shares of Common  Stock  offered by this
Prospectus (other than the shares of Common Stock covered by the  over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

         The  Company  has  been   advised  by  the   Representative   that  the
Underwriters  propose to offer the  shares of Common  Stock to the public at the
initial  offering  price set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus  and to
certain dealers (who may include  Underwriters)  at that price less a concession
not in excess of $_____ per share of Common Stock.  The  Underwriters may allow,
and such dealers may reallow,  a concession not in excess of $_____ per share of
Common Stock to certain other dealers.  After the initial public  offering,  the
offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Representative.

         The Company has agreed to indemnify the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

         The  Company has also  agreed to pay to the  Representative  an expense
allowance  on a  nonaccountable  basis  equal to  $33,000  plus 1% of the  gross
proceeds derived from the sale of the shares of Common Stock underwritten.

         The Selling  Shareholders have granted to the Representative an option,
exercisable  during  the 45-day  period  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to
purchase from the Selling  Shareholders at the offering price, less underwriting
discounts and a nonaccountable  expense allowance of 0.5%, up to an aggregate of
300,000  additional  shares of Common  Stock for the sole  purpose  of  covering
over-allotments, if any.

                                       35

<PAGE>

         The  Representative   acted  as  underwriter  in  connection  with  the
Company's  October 1997 public offering of 2,000,000  shares of Common Stock. As
compensation  for such  services,  the  Representative  received (a) $640,000 in
underwriting discounts, (b) a non-accountable expense allowance of $160,000, (c)
a warrant to purchase up to 200,000  shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
of $4.80 per share,  subject to adjustment,  exercisable over a four-year period
commencing  on October 7, 1998,  (d) a  contractual  right to provide  financing
consulting  services  to the  Company  until  October 7, 1999 for a total fee of
$72,000,  (e) the  right (as  described  below) to have a  designee  present  at
meetings  of the  Board  and each of its  committees,  and to  receive  the same
compensation as a result thereof as is payable to directors of the Company,  and
(f) a right  of  first  refusal  exercisable  until  October  7,  2000 to act as
underwriter or placement  agent in any public or private  offerings of equity or
debt securities by the Company or its affiliates.

         The  Company  has granted  the  Representative  for a period  ending on
October  7,  2000 the right to have the  Representative's  designee  present  at
meetings  of the Board and each of its  committees  subject  to the right of the
Company to exclude such designee under certain circumstances. Such designee will
be entitled to the same  notices and  communications  sent by the Company to its
directors and to attend  directors' and  committees'  meetings,  but will not be
entitled to vote  thereat.  Such  designee  will also be entitled to receive the
same  compensation  payable  to  directors  as  members  of the  Board  and  its
committees  and  all  reasonable  expenses  in  attending  such  meetings.   The
Representative has not named such designee as of the date of this Prospectus.

         In connection with this offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Representative,  for  nominal  consideration,  the  right to  purchase  up to an
aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock (the  "Representative's  Warrants").
The  Representative's  Warrants are exercisable  initially at $7.18 per share of
Common Stock (the  "Exercise  Price") for a period of four years  commencing one
year from the date hereof. The  Representative's  Warrants contain  antidilution
provisions providing for adjustment of the Exercise Price upon the occurrence of
certain  events,  including  (i) the  issuance of Common  Stock,  or  securities
exercisable or convertible  into Common Stock, at a price less than the Exercise
Price and (ii) any  recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock dividend,  stock
split,   stock   combination   or  similar   transaction.   In   addition,   the
Representative's  Warrants  grant to the  holders  thereof  certain  demand  and
"piggyback" rights for periods of four and six years,  respectively,  commencing
one year from the date of this Prospectus with respect to the registration under
the   Securities  Act  of  the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the
Representative's Warrants.

         Upon closing of this offering,  the Company and the Representative have
agreed (a) to terminate  the right of first  refusal  previously  granted to the
Representative  by  the  Company,  and  (b)  to  extend  the  engagement  of the
Representative as financial consultant to the Company for an additional two year
period.

         In connection  with this  offering,  certain  Underwriters  and selling
group  members  (if any) who are  qualified  market  makers on The Nasdaq  Stock
Market may engage in passive market making  transactions  in the Common Stock on
The Nasdaq Stock Market in  accordance  with Rule 103 of  Regulation M under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the five business days prior
to the pricing of the offering before the commencement of offers or sales of the
Common Stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price
limitations  and must be identified as such. In general,  a passive market maker
must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for
such  security;  if all  independent  bids are lowered below the passive  market
maker's bid, however, such bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits
are exceeded.

                                       36

<PAGE>

         Certain persons  participating in this offering may overallot or effect
transactions  which stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the market price of
the Common Stock at levels above those which might otherwise prevail in the open
market,  including by entering  stabilizing bids or effecting syndicate covering
transactions. A stabilizing bid means the placing of any bid or effecting of any
purchase,  for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or  maintaining  the price of the
common stock. A syndicate  covering  transaction means the placing of any bid on
behalf of the underwriting  syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to reduce
a short position created in connection with the offering.  Such transactions may
be effected on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  in the  over-the-counter  market,  or
otherwise. Such stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the  Securities  offered hereby and certain other legal
matters in connection  with the sale of the shares of Securities  offered hereby
will be passed  upon for the  Company by  Gallop,  Johnson & Neuman,  L.C.,  St.
Louis, Missouri.  Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed
upon  for the  Underwriters  by  Parker  Duryee  Rosoff & Haft,  a  professional
corporation.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  financial  statements  included  in  this  Prospectus  and  in the
Registration  Statement  have been  audited  by BDO  Seidman,  LLP,  independent
certified  public  accountants,  to the extent and for the  periods set forth in
their reports appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement,  and
are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of said firm
as experts in auditing and accounting.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange of 1934 as amended (the "Exchange  Act"), and in accordance
therewith files reports,  proxy or information  statements and other information
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission").  Such reports,
proxy or  information  statements  and other  information  can be inspected  and
copied at the  public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at
Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and
at the following Regional Offices of the Commission: 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1500, New York, New York 10048; and Northwestern Atrium Center,  Suite 1400, 500
West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of such material can be
obtained at prescribed rates from the public reference section of the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or retrieved electronically via
the internet at the  Commission's  web site  (http://www.sec.gov).  In addition,
reports,  proxy statements and other  information  concerning the Company may be
inspected  at the  offices  of The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  1735 K Street  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549 on which the Common  Stock is quoted.  The  Company has
filed  with  the  Commission  a  registration  statement  on Form  SB-2  herein,
(together  with all amendments  and exhibits,  referred to as the  "Registration
Statement")  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all of
the information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain parts of which
are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For
further  information,  reference is hereby made to the  Registration  Statement.
Statements   contained  herein   concerning  the  provisions  of  documents  are
necessarily  summaries of such documents and each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the copy of the applicable  document filed with the
Commission.


                                       37
<PAGE>

           THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 The Report of the Independent Certified Public Accountants                F-2

 Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1998                         F-3

 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years
 ended January 31, 1998 and 1997                                           F-5

 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity                           F-6

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years
 ended January 31, 1998 and 1997                                           F-7

 Summary of Accounting Policies                                            F-9

 Notes to Financial Statements                                            F-12


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

Item 7.  Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Report of the Independent Certified Public Accountants


Board of Directors
The Source Information Management Company
St. Louis, Missouri

We have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of The  Source  Information
Management  Company  as  of  January  31,  1998  and  the  related  consolidated
statements of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended  January 31, 1998.  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  The  Source
Information  Management  Company  at  January  31,  1998 and the  results of its
operations  and its cash  flows  for each of the two years in the  period  ended
January 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
March 27, 1998


                                       F-2

<PAGE>

                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                                      Consolidated Balance Sheet

                                                                January 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assets (Note 2)

Current

     Cash                                                     $         31,455

     Trade receivables (net of allowance for 
        doubtful accounts of $460,898) (Note 9)                     18,874,764

     Income taxes receivable                                           492,688

     Notes receivable - officers (Note 1)                                7,351

     Other current assets                                              187,876

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Assets                                                19,594,134
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office equipment and furniture (Note 3)                              2,249,688

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                       1,445,005

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Office Equipment and Furniture                                     804,683
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other Assets

     Notes receivable - officers (Note 1)                               14,742

     Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization 
       of $250,579 (Note 7)                                          3,227,354

     Other                                                             166,944
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Assets                                                   3,409,040
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              $     23,807,857
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                                     Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                                              January  31, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current

     Checks issued against future deposits                            132,189

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses                            680,055

     Due to retailers (Note 10)                                       993,846

     Deferred income taxes (Note 6)                                   769,000

     Current maturities of long-term debt 
       (Note 2)                                                        30,997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Liabilities                                           2,606,087
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt, less current maturities 
  (Note 2)                                                          8,604,057
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Income Taxes (Note 6)                                        103,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                                  11,313,144
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments (Notes 3 and 4)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Preferred Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized, 
  2,000,000; outstanding, none (Note 8)                                    -


Stockholders' Equity

     Common Stock, $.01 par - shares authorized, 
       16,528,925; outstanding 8,016,367 (Note 11)                     80,163


     Additional paid-in-capital                                    10,513,949

     Retained earnings                                              1,900,601

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                         12,494,713
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $     23,807,857
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>

                                       THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                           Consolidated Statements of Operations


Years Ended January 31,                           1998                   1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Revenues                          $    11,795,496        $    7,056,270
Merchandise Revenues                                8,348               242,177
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               11,803,844             7,298,447
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of Service Revenues                        5,827,933             4,862,207
Cost of Merchandise Sold                           32,720               202,381
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                5,860,653             5,064,588
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                5,943,191             2,233,859
Selling, General and Administrative 
  Expense (Notes 1, 3 and 4)                    2,350,622             2,904,372
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                         3,592,569             (670,513)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income (Expense)
            Interest income                        21,164                30,628
            Interest expense                    (714,404)             (311,737)
            Other                                (79,321)              (28,883)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Income (Expense)                    (772,561)             (309,992)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes               2,820,008             (980,505)
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit (Note 6)         (1,231,000)               377,188
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                         $     1,589,008        $    (603,317)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Earnings (Loss) per Share - Basic         $          0.23        $       (0.11)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted Average Number of Shares 
  Outstanding - Basic                           6,561,761             5,557,223
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Earnings (Loss) per Share - Diluted       $          0.22        $       (0.11)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted Average Number of Shares 
  Outstanding - Diluted                         6,693,666             5,557,223
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                                  As Restated For Reverse Stock Split (Note 11)

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Additional                          Total
                                                        Common Stock       Paid - in         Retained      Stockholders'

                                          ------------------------------
                                              Shares         Amount         Capital          Earnings         Equity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>

Balance, January 31, 1996                      5,268,090     $   52,681    $     988,021    $     976,924    $   2,017,626



Issuance of Common Stock                           6,612             66           29,934                 -          30,000

Conversion of 7% Preferred Stock to Common
Stock                                            349,750          3,498        1,396,071                 -       1,399,569

Issuance of Common Stock to purchase
Magazine Marketing, Inc. (Note 7)                 82,644            826          249,174                -          250,000

Issuance of Common Stock in payment
of services                                       12,506            125           51,625                 -          51,750

Dividend on Preferred Stock                        7,863             79           42,382           (42,467)            (6)

Net loss for the year                                  -              -                -        (603,317)        (603,317)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, January 31, 1997                      5,727,465     $   57,275    $   2,757,207    $     331,140    $   3,145,622

Issuance of Common Stock (Note 11)             2,000,000         20,000        6,700,602                -        6,720,602

Issuance of Common Stock in payment of
services                                           1,811             18            7,982                -            8,000

Issuance of Common Stock for exercise of
stock options                                      2,182             21            5,259                -            5,280

Dividend on Preferred Stock                        6,381             64           19,480         (19,547)              (3)

Exchange of 7% Preferred Stock to Common
Stock (Note 8)                                   186,667          1,867          520,639                -          522,506

Redeemable Common Stock converted to
Common Stock (Note 7)                             91,938            919          502,901                -          503,820

Purchase fractional shares from reverse
stock split                                         (77)            (1)            (321)                -            (322)

Issuance of Common Stock Warrants                      -              -              200                -              200

Net income for the year                                -              -                -        1,589,008        1,589,008
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, January 31, 1998                      8,016,367     $   80,163    $  10,513,949    $   1,900,601    $  12,494,713
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>

Years Ended January 31,                                               1998                    1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                        <C>
Operating Activities

     Net income (loss)                                        $    1,589,008            $   (603,317)

     Adjustments to reconcile net cash

       provided by operating activities:

          Depreciation and amortization                              432,632                 246,599

          Loss on disposition of equipment                             1,338                     299

          Provision for losses on accounts 
            receivable                                                97,311                 224,387

          Impairment of investment in limited 
            partnership                                               20,000                  20,000

          Deferred income taxes                                      470,000                (259,064)

          Services received in exchange for 
            Common Stock                                               8,000                  51,750

          Changes in assets and liabilities:
              Increase in accounts receivable                     (5,537,689)             (8,789,885)
              Increase in other assets                              (421,882)               (230,004)
              (Decrease) increase in checks issued 
                 against future deposits                          (3,093,479)              3,225,668
              Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
                and accrued expenses                                 120,614                (513,110)
              Increase in amounts due customers                      794,271                 116,120
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used in Operating Activities                                 (5,519,876)             (6,510,557)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Activities

     Acquisition of Mike Kessler and Associates, 
       Inc., net of cash acquired                                   (608,650)                      -

     Acquisition of Magazine Marketing, Inc.                              -                 (275,000)

     Capital expenditures                                           (344,847)               (276,729)

     Loans to officers                                               (10,000)                      -

     Collection on officers notes receivable                         221,485                  29,715

     Collections from related party                                       -                   53,171

     Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                                2,000                       -

     Increase in cash surrender value of 
       life insurance                                                (55,333)                (32,740)
     Proceeds from surrender of life 
       insurance policies                                             83,959                       -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used in Investing Activities                                   (711,386)               (501,583)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended January 31,                                  1998              1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Financing Activities

     Proceeds from issuance of Common
       Stock                                         6,720,602           30,000

     Proceeds from issuance of Preferred 
       Stock                                                 -        1,922,075

     Borrowings under credit facility               37,777,000        9,791,000

     Principal payments on credit facility         (36,303,000)      (2,756,121)

     Borrowings under short-term debt 
       agreements                                            -        2,836,366
 
     Repayments under short-term debt 
       agreements                                   (2,221,961)      (4,550,081)

     Other financing activities                           5,155              (6)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Provided by Financing Activities                 5,977,796        7,273,233

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Decrease) Increase in Cash                           (253,466)          261,093

Cash, beginning of period                               284,921           23,828

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash, end of period                                  $   31,455      $   284,921

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              See  accompanying  summary  of  accounting  policies  and notes to
consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-8

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                                 Summary of Accounting Policies


Basis of             The  consolidated  financial  statements   of  The  Source
Presentation         Information  Management  Company  reflect  the accounts of
                     companies  formerly  known as Display  Information  Systems
                     Corporation (DISC), Periodical Management & Marketing, Inc.
                     (PMM) and  Dixon's  Modern  Marketing  Concepts,  Inc.  and
                     Tri-State  Stores,  Inc.  (MMC).  DISC  and PMM  merged  on
                     February  1, 1995 and the net assets of MMC were  merged on
                     June 15, 1995.

Business             The Source Information Management Company (the Company) is 
                     a  provider  of  merchandise   management  information  and
                     related  services  primarily in connection with the display
                     and  marketing  of  magazines  and other  periodicals.  The
                     Company  assists  retailers  in  monitoring,   documenting,
                     claiming and collecting incentive payments,  primarily from
                     publishers  of  periodicals,  and performs  consulting  and
                     other  services in exchange  for  commissions.  The Company
                     also obtains revenue from (a) consulting and other services
                     rendered  to clients on other than a  commission  basis and
                     (b) the sale, as principal or broker, of merchandise to the
                     Company's retailer clients for resale by them.

Principles of        The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts
Consolidation        of  The  Source  Information  Management  Company  and  its
                     wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  all  of  which  are  currently
                     inactive.    All   material   intercompany   accounts   and
                     transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Concentrations       Substantially  all of  the Company's  revenues  are derived
of Credit Risk       from  the  services   provided  in   connection   with  the
                     collection  of  payments  owed  to the  Company's  retailer
                     clients from magazine publishers under programs designed by
                     the  publishers to provide  incentives  to increase  single
                     copy magazine sales. The incentive programs,  although part
                     of the  publishers'  marketing  strategy for over 20 years,
                     are   governed  by   short-term   contracts.   If  magazine
                     publishers   discontinue   or   significantly   modify  the
                     incentive  programs  in  such  a  manner  which  makes  the
                     Company's services incompatible with the modified programs,
                     the Company's results of operations and financial condition
                     may be materially and adversely affected.

                     The Company's retailer clients,  who are located throughout
                     the United  States and  eastern  Canada,  are  periodically
                     evaluated for extension of unsecured credit. At the balance
                     sheet date, the Company had no concentration of credit with
                     any individual retailer client.

                     In the Advance Pay  Program  (Note 9), the Company  assumes
                     the risk  otherwise  borne by the  retailer  that  magazine
                     publishers  will  refuse or be unable to pay the  amount of
                     incentive payments claimed. Based on historical experience,
                     the Company  maintains a reserve for claims  submitted  but
                     subject to such a refusal or inability to pay. However,  if
                     a  prominent   magazine   publisher  files  a  petition  in
                     bankruptcy,  seeks other  protection  from its creditors or
                     otherwise  refuses to pay, this reserve may be  inadequate.
                     The results of operations  and the  financial  condition of
                     the Company could be materially affected.

                                         F-9

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                                 Summary of Accounting Policies


Revenue              Service revenues are recognized during the period in which 
Recognition          services   are   performed.   Merchandising   revenues  are
                     recognized  in  the  period  in  which  the   merchandising
                     services are provided.

                     Under both the  standard  arrangement  and the  Advance Pay
                     Program,  commission  revenue  is  recognized  at the  time
                     claims for incentive  payments are substantially  completed
                     for submission to the  publishers.  The commission  revenue
                     recognized  is  based  on  the  amount  claimed,   less  an
                     estimated  reserve  necessary to maintain an allowance  for
                     doubtful  accounts of  approximately  2% of trade  accounts
                     receivable.  Under the standard  arrangement,  invoices for
                     claim processing  services are not issued until the Company
                     receives  settlement  of  the  claim.  However,  under  the
                     Advance Pay  Program,  the customer is not invoiced for the
                     commission,  which is the difference  between the claim and
                     the advance amount.

Equipment and        Equipment and  furniture are  stated at cost.  Depreciation
Furniture            is computed  using the  straight-line  method for financial
                     reporting and  accelerated  methods for income tax purposes
                     over the estimated useful lives of 5 to 7 years.

Income Taxes         Income  taxes are  calculated using the asset and liability
                     method  specified  by  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
                     Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."

Goodwill             Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of the cost of a company
                     acquired  over the fair  value of the net  assets  acquired
                     which is amortized over 15 years.

Stock-Based          The Company  grants  stock  options  for a fixed  number of
                     shares to employees  with an exercise price greater than or
                     equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant.
                     The Company  accounts for stock option grants in accordance
                     with   Accounting   Principles   Board   Opinion   No.  25,
                     "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB Opinion No.
                     25). That Opinion requires that  compensation  cost related
                     to  fixed  stock  option  plans be  recognized  only to the
                     extent  that the fair value of the shares at the grant date
                     exceeds  the  exercise  price.  Accordingly,   the  Company
                     recognizes  no  compensation  expense for its stock  option
                     grants.

                     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board,
                     issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS)
                     No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation".  SFAS
                     No. 123 allows  companies  to continue to account for their
                     stock option plans in  accordance  with APB Opinion No. 25,
                     but  encourages  the  adoption of a new  accounting  method
                     based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  employee  stock
                     options.  Pro forma net income  (loss) and earnings  (loss)
                     per share, determined as if the Company had applied the new
                     method, are disclosed within Note 4.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>




Accounting           The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
Estimates            generally   accepted    accounting    principles   requires
                     management to make  estimates and  assumptions  that affect
                     the  reported   amounts  of  assets  and   liabilities  and
                     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
                     of the  financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of
                     revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual
                     results could differ from those estimates.

Long-Lived Assets    In March 1995,  SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment
                     of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets Disposed Of"
                     was issued.  SFAS No. 121 requires that  long-lived  assets
                     and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used or
                     disposed  of  by  an  entity  be  reviewed  for  impairment
                     whenever events or changes in  circumstances  indicate that
                     the  carrying  amount of an asset  may not be  recoverable.
                     During fiscal 1997, the Company adopted this statement. The
                     Company  has  determined  that no  impairment  loss need be
                     recognized for applicable assets of continuing operations.

Earnings Per Share   In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board
                     issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings per Share," which  requires
                     the presentation of "basic" earnings per share, computed by
                     dividing net income available to common shareholders by the
                     weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding  for
                     the  period,   and  "diluted"  earnings  per  share,  which
                     reflects  the  potential   dilution  that  could  occur  if
                     securities  or other  contracts  to issue common stock were
                     exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the
                     issuance of common  stock that then shared in the  earnings
                     of the  entity.  The  Company  adopted  SFAS No. 128 in the
                     fourth  quarter of fiscal 1998 and has  restated  all prior
                     period earnings per share data  presented.  The adoption of
                     SFAS  No.  128  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on the
                     Company's    previously   reported   earnings   per   share
                     information.

Reclassifications    Certain 1997 amounts have  been reclassified  to conform to
                     the 1998 presentation.

New Accounting       SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," was issued
Standards            in June 1997. Comprehensive income is defined as net income
                     plus   certain   items  that  are   recorded   directly  to
                     shareholders'  equity,  such as unrealized gains and losses
                     on  available-  for-sale  securities.   Components  of  the
                     Company's  comprehensive  income  will  be  included  in  a
                     financial  statement that has the same  prominence as other
                     financial  statements  starting  in the  first  quarter  of
                     fiscal 1999. SFAS No. 130's  disclosure  requirements  will
                     have no  impact on the  Company's  financial  condition  or
                     results of operations.

                     SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure  about Segments of an Enterprise
                     and  Related   Information,"  is  effective  for  financial
                     statements for periods  beginning  after December 15, 1997,
                     but interim reporting is not required in 1998. An operating
                     segment is defined  under SFAS No. 131 as a component of an
                     enterprise   that  engages  in  business   activities  that
                     generate  revenue and expense for which  operating  results
                     are reviewed by the chief  operating  decision maker in the
                     determination of resource  allocation and performance.  The
                     Company is currently  evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 131
                     on future financial statement disclosures.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


1.  Related Party    The Company  purchased data  processing  services  from  an
    Transactions     employment service company owned by certain officers of the
                     Company.   There  were   approximately   $275,000  of  such
                     purchases  made during  1997.  The Company  purchased  this
                     employment service company for $45,000 on January 1, 1997.

                     One of the Company's  stockholders  also owns a majority of
                     the stock of FMG, Inc.,  primarily an investing company. At
                     January 31, 1996, the Company had a receivable  from FMG of
                     $53,171 at prime plus .5%. The  receivable was collected in
                     full on November 5, 1996.

                     The Company  currently leases certain office space and from
                     time  to  time   leases  an  airplane   from   partnerships
                     controlled by stockholders of the Company. Amounts paid for
                     the office space were  approximately  $223,000 and $207,000
                     for  1998  and  1997,  respectively.  Amounts  paid for the
                     airplane  were  approximately  $12,000  and $0 for 1998 and
                     1997, respectively.

                     Certain  officers of the  Company,  have from time to time,
                     received  cash  advances  from the  Company.  The  officers
                     executed  promissory  notes in favor of the  Company in the
                     aggregate  amounts of $295,293.  Collections on these notes
                     totaled  $273,200  through  January  31,  1998,  leaving  a
                     balance  outstanding of $22,093.  The remaining  notes bear
                     interest at rates varying from 6.96% to 7.34% per annum.


2. Long-term Debt    Long-term debt consists of:
   and Revolving
   Credit Facility

January 31,                                                               1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revolving Credit Facility                                     $      8,598,000

Unsecured note payable to stockholder (former owner 
  of Magazine  Marketing, Inc.), non-interest bearing, 
  payable in eight quarterly installments of $10,000,
  discounted based on the Company's effective borrowing rate             9,774

Term note payable in monthly installments of $629
through November 1999, collateralized by an automobile                  12,800

Obligations under capital lease (Note 3)                                14,480
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Long-term Debt                                                 8,635,054

Less current maturities                                                 30,997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Long-term Debt                                                 $      8,604,057
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                     Annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:  1999 -
                     $30,997; 2000 - $8,604,057.

                     The Company has an agreement  providing for revolving loans
                     up to $15,000,000.  The bank has the right to terminate the
                     agreement upon not less than thirteen  months prior written
                     notice.  Borrowings  bear interest at a rate related to the
                     monthly  LIBOR index rate plus a  percentage  ranging  from
                     2.5% to 3.5%,  depending  upon the ratio of funded  debt to
                     earnings   before   interest,   taxes,   depreciation   and
                     amortization  (effectively  8.4727% at January  31,  1998).
                     Borrowings   are   secured  by  a  security   interest   in
                     substantially    all   the   Company's   assets   including
                     receivables,  inventory,  equipment,  goods  and  fixtures,
                     software, contract rights, notes, and general intangibles.

                     The  revolving  loan  agreement  requires  the  Company  to
                     maintain certain ratios and a specified level of net worth,
                     restricts  payment  of  dividends,  and  limits  additional
                     indebtedness.  The  Company  was in  compliance  with  such
                     ratios at January 31, 1998.

3. Commitments       Leases

                     The Company  leases  office space,  an apartment,  computer
                     equipment,  and vehicles  under leases that expire over the
                     next five years. The Company also leases an  administrative
                     facility from a related party under an operating lease that
                     expires in 2012. In most cases,  management expects that in
                     the normal  course of  business,  leases will be renewed or
                     replaced with other leases.  Rent expense was approximately
                     $462,000 and $427,000 for the years ended  January 31, 1998
                     and 1997,  respectively.  Amounts  paid to related  parties
                     included in total rent expense were approximately  $223,000
                     and $207,000 for 1998 and 1997, respectively.

                     Office equipment and furniture  includes $71,066 at January
                     31, 1998 for equipment leases which have been  capitalized.
                     Accumulated  amortization  was $63,626 at January 31, 1998.
                     Lease   amortization  is  included  in   depreciation   and
                     amortization expense.

                     Future  minimum  payments,  by year  and in the  aggregate,
                     under capital  leases and  noncancelable  operating  leases
                     with  initial  or  remaining  terms  of one  year  or  more
                     consisted of the following at January 31, 1998:


                                      F-13

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                            Capital             Operating
Year Ending January 31,                      leases               leases
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1999                                     $      15,523      $         410,569
2000                                                 -                250,584
2001                                                 -                173,148
2002                                                 -                155,215
2003                                                 -                150,300
Thereafter                                           -              1,327,650
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total minimum lease payments                    15,523      $       2,467,466
                                                      ------------------------
Amount representing interest                     1,043
- -------------------------------------------------------

Present Value of Net Minimum
   Lease Payments                        $      14,480
- -------------------------------------------------------

                     Litigation

                     The Company has pending  certain  legal  actions and claims
                     incurred in the normal  course of business  and is actively
                     pursuing the defense thereof. In the opinion of management,
                     these  actions and claims are either  without  merit or are
                     covered by insurance  and will not have a material  adverse
                     effect on the Company's financial position.

                     Employment agreements

                     The Company has entered  into  employment  agreements  with
                     certain officers and key employees. These agreements expire
                     in  January  1999 and  require  annual  salary  levels  and
                     termination benefits, should a termination occur.

                     Consulting agreement

                     On May 31,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a three year
                     consulting  agreement  with a company  owned by the  former
                     shareholder  of  Mike  Kessler  and  Associates,  Inc.  The
                     agreement requires the Company to make payments aggregating
                     $75,000, $65,000 and $50,000 annually for the first, second
                     and third years of the agreement.


                                        F-14

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



4. Employee          Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan
   Benefit Plans
                     The Company has a combined  profit sharing and 401(k) Plan.
                     Annual  contributions  to the profit sharing portion of the
                     Plan are  determined  by the Board of Directors and may not
                     exceed the amount that may be deducted  for federal  income
                     tax purposes.  There were no profit  sharing  contributions
                     charged against  operations for the years ended January 31,
                     1998 and 1997.

                     Under  the  401(k)   portion  of  the  Plan,  all  eligible
                     employees  may  elect  to  contribute  2% to 20%  of  their
                     compensation  up to the maximum  allowed under the Internal
                     Revenue Code. The Company matches one half of an employee's
                     contribution,  not to exceed 5% of the  employee's  salary.
                     The amounts  matched by the Company  during the years ended
                     January  31,  1998  and 1997  pursuant  to this  Plan  were
                     approximately $63,000 and $50,000, respectively.

                     Deferred Compensation Plan

                     During  fiscal  year  1997,  the  Company   established  an
                     unfunded  deferred  compensation plan for certain officers,
                     who  elect  to  defer  a   percentage   of  their   current
                     compensation.  The Company does not make  contributions  to
                     the plan  and is  responsible  only for the  administrative
                     costs associated with the plan. Benefits are payable to the
                     participating  officers upon their death or  termination of
                     employment.  From  the  deferred  funds,  the  Company  has
                     purchased  certain life insurance  policies.  However,  the
                     proceeds  and  surrender  value of these  policies  are not
                     restricted to pay deferred  compensation benefits when they
                     are due.

                     Stock Option Plan

                     In August 1995, the Company  established its 1995 Incentive
                     Stock Option Plan for key  employees  and reserved  520,661
                     shares of Common Stock for such plan.  Under the plan,  the
                     Stock  Option  Committee  may grant  stock  options  to key
                     employees  at not less than one hundred  percent  (100%) of
                     the fair market value of the Company's  Common Stock at the
                     date of grant.  The  durations  and  exercisability  of the
                     grants vary according to the individual options granted.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                      Weighted
                                                 Range of             Average
                                Number of        Exercise             Exercise
                                 Options          Prices               Price
                            ---------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at
  January 31, 1996                     -0-          -                    -

Options granted                    227,271      4.84-5.60               5.28
Options expired                     61,983         4.84                 4.84

                            ---------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at
  January 31, 1997                 165,288      5.30-5.60               5.45

Options granted                    327,273      1.66-5.60               2.97
Options expired                     92,554      2.42-5.60               5.26
Options exercised                    2,182         2.42                 2.42

                            ---------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at
  January 31, 1998                 397,825      1.66-5.60               3.47
                            ---------------------------------------------------


                     The following table summarizes  information about the stock
                     options outstanding at January 31, 1998:

                                                Remaining
            Exercise           Number           Contractual          Options
             Prices          Outstanding       Life (Months)       Exercisable
            --------         -----------       -------------       -----------
             1.66              89,256                52                   -0-
             2.42              75,454               113                15,091
             2.42              27,000               113                 9,000
             2.66              49,091                53                   -0-
             5.30              82,644               112                82,644
             5.60              74,380                36                24,793
                               ------                                  ------
                              397,825                                 131,528

                     The  options  above were issued at  exercise  prices  which
                     approximate  fair  market  value at the date of  grant.  At
                     January 31, 1998,  122,836  shares are  available for grant
                     under the plan.

                     As discussed  in the Summary of  Accounting  Policies,  the
                     Company   applies   APB   Opinion   No.   25  and   related
                     interpretations  in accounting for this plan.  Accordingly,
                     no compensation  cost has been recognized for its incentive
                     stock option plan. Had compensation  cost for the Company's
                     stock- based compensation plan been determined based on the
                     fair  value at the grant  dates for  awards  under the plan
                     consistent  with the method of SFAS No. 123, the  Company's
                     consolidated  net  income  (loss) and  consolidated  income
                     (loss) per share  would have been  reduced to the pro forma
                     amounts indicated below:

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


  
Year Ended January 31,                                         1998         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss)                    As reported       $  1,589,008    (603,317)
                                     Pro forma            1,575,534    (637,373)

Basic earnings (loss) per share      As reported                .23       (0.11)
                                     Pro forma                  .22       (0.11)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share    As reported                .22       (0.11)
                                     Pro forma                  .22       (0.11)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     The   pro   forma   amounts   reflected   above   are   not
                     representative  of the  effects on  reported  net income in
                     future  years  because  in  general,  the  options  granted
                     typically  do not vest for  several  years  and  additional
                     awards  are made each year.  The fair value of each  option
                     grant  is   estimated   on  the   grant   date   using  the
                     Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following
                     assumptions:


Year Ended January 31,                                1998            1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend yield                                          0%              0%
Range of expected lives (years)                     3.6-10               1
Range of expected volatility                     0.40-0.60            0.30
Risk-free interest rate                              5.90%           4.88%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     Stock Award Plan

                     In September 1996, the Company adopted its Stock Award Plan
                     for all  employees  and  reserved  41,322  shares of Common
                     Stock  for such  plan.  Under the  plan,  the  Stock  Award
                     Committee,  appointed  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the
                     Company, shall determine the employees to whom awards shall
                     be granted.

                     On September  18,  1996,  8,306 shares of Common Stock were
                     awarded to certain employees under the plan.


                                        F-17

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

5.  Supplemental      Supplemental information on interest and income taxes paid
    Cash Flow         is as follows:
    Information

Years Ended January 31,                      1998                   1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest                           $      700,000        $       285,000

Income Taxes                       $    1,081,000        $       264,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Capital lease  obligations of $15,687 were incurred in 1997
                     when  the  Company  entered  into  leases  for  new  office
                     equipment.

                     On August  30,  1996,  7,863  shares of Common  Stock  were
                     issued as a dividend to the  preferred  shareholders  as of
                     that date.  On February  28,  1997,  6,381 shares of Common
                     Stock  were   issued  as  a  dividend   to  the   preferred
                     shareholders as of that date.

                     During  1997,  in  connection  with  the   acquisitions  of
                     Magazine  Marketing,  Inc. and Readers  Choice,  Inc.,  the
                     Company  issued  86,644  shares and 91,938 shares of Common
                     Stock (Note 7).

                     As part of the  acquisition of Mike Kessler and Associates,
                     Inc. the Company  entered into a short-term  debt agreement
                     for $2,150,000.  The obligation was paid in full at its due
                     date in January 1998.

6. Income Taxes      Provision for federal and state income taxes (benefit) in 
                     the  consolidated  statements of operations  consist of the
                     following components:


Year Ended January 31,                                1998              1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current

    Federal                                  $       606,000   $     (102,768)
    State                                            155,000          (15,356)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current                                        761,000         (118,124)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred

    Federal                                          376,000         (225,386)
    State                                             94,000          (33,678)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred                                       470,000         (259,064)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)           $     1,231,000   $     (377,188)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      F-18

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                     Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net tax  effects  of
                     temporary  differences  between the carrying  amount of the
                     assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
                     the amounts  used for income tax  purposes.  The sources of
                     the  temporary  differences  and their  effect on  deferred
                     taxes are as follows:


January 31,                                                          1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Tax Assets
    Allowance for doubtful accounts                      $        165,000
    Deferred compensation                                          33,000
    Other                                                          16,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred Tax Assets                                         214,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred Tax Liabilities
    Book/Tax difference in accounts receivable                    708,000
    Income not previously taxed under cash


       basis of accounting for income tax purposes                316,000

    Depreciation                                                   30,000
    Other                                                          32,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities                                  1,086,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Deferred Tax Liability                                        872,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Classified as
    Current                                                       769,000
    Non-current                                                   103,000

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Deferred Tax Liability                              $        872,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     The  following  summary  reconciles  income  taxes  at  the
                     maximum federal statutory rate with the effective rates for
                     1998 and 1997:


Year Ended January 31,                                    1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate        $  960,000   $   (333,372)

State income tax expense (benefit), net of

  federal income tax benefit                             200,000        (80,421)

Non-deductible meals and entertainment                    30,000         35,320

Non-deductible officers' life insurance                    7,000         (3,250)

Non-deductible goodwill amortization                      61,000          2,306


Utilization of NOL carryforwards                        (19,000)              -
Other, net                                               (8,000)          2,229
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)                        $ 1,231,000    $   (377,188)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

7.  Business         Acquisition of Magazine Marketing, Inc.
    Combinations
                     On June 28, 1996, the Company  acquired all of the stock of
                     Magazine  Marketing,  Inc. in exchange for 82,644 shares of
                     Common  Stock of the  Company  and  $275,000  in  cash.  In
                     addition,  the Company shall pay $10,000 at the end of each
                     quarter for a two year period  following  the closing  date
                     (or a total of $80,000).

                     The  transaction  has been accounted for as a purchase and,
                     accordingly,  the assets and liabilities have been recorded
                     at fair  market  value.  Results  of  operations  have been
                     included as of the effective date of the  transaction.  The
                     purchase price of the  transaction  exceeded the fair value
                     of the assets  acquired  in the amount of  $704,748  and is
                     being amortized over 15 years.

                     Acquisition of Readers Choice, Inc.

                     On June 30,  1996,  the Company  acquired all of the issued
                     and outstanding  shares of Readers  Choice,  Inc., a wholly
                     owned  subsidiary of United Magazine  Company,  in exchange
                     for  91,938  shares  of  Redeemable  Common  Stock  of  the
                     Company.  This  transaction  has  been  accounted  for as a
                     purchase and  accordingly,  the assets and liabilities have
                     been recorded at fair market  value.  Results of operations
                     have  been  included  as  of  the  effective  date  of  the
                     transaction. The purchase price of the transaction exceeded
                     the fair  value of the  assets  acquired  in the  amount of
                     $280,507 and is being amortized over 15 years.

                     Acquisition of Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc.

                     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  acquired all of the stock of
                     Mike Kessler and  Associates,  Inc. (MKA) for $2,500,000 of
                     which  $350,000  was paid upon  closing and the balance was
                     paid on January 5, 1998 with interest at 6.25%.  The seller
                     operated  MKA as a business  engaged in the  collection  of
                     retail  display  allowances  for retail store  chains.  The
                     Company has  continued  the  operation of such business and
                     has continued servicing MKA's customer base.

                     This transaction has been accounted for as a purchase,  and
                     accordingly,  the assets and liabilities have been recorded
                     at fair  market  value.  Results  of  operations  have been
                     included as of the effective date of the  transaction.  The
                     purchase  price  exceeded  the  fair  value  of the  assets
                     acquired in the amount of $2,382,900 and is being amortized
                     over 15 years.

                     Unaudited pro forma results of operations for 1998 and 1997
                     for the Company and MKA is listed below:


                                      F-20

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended January 31,                         1998                   1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Revenues          (As reported)     $  11,804,000          $   7,298,000
                        (Pro forma)          12,304,000              8,796,000
Net Income (Loss)       (As reported)         1,589,000              (603,000)
                        (Pro forma)           1,637,000              (438,000)
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
    Basic (As reported)                            0.23                 (0.11)
    Diluted (As reported)                          0.22                 (0.11)
    Basic (Pro forma)                              0.23                 (0.08)
    Diluted (Pro forma)                            0.23                 (0.08)



8. Preferred Stock   The Company  has  authorized  2,000,000  shares of $.01 par
                     Preferred  Stock.  On March 13,  1996,  65,000  shares were
                     designated as 1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock.
                     Rights and  restrictions  on the  remaining  shares will be
                     established if, and when, any shares are issued.

                     Each  share of the 1996  Series  7%  Convertible  Preferred
                     Stock  entitles  its holder to receive an annual  dividend,
                     when and as declared by the Board of  Directors,  of $7 per
                     share payable in shares of the Company's  Common Stock;  to
                     convert it into shares of Common Stock; to receive $100 per
                     share in the event of dissolution,  liquidation, or winding
                     up of the Company,  whether  voluntary or involuntary;  and
                     subject  to  certain   conditions  in  the  Certificate  of
                     Designations,  Preferences  and  Relative  Rights  of  1996
                     Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock, may be redeemed at
                     the  option  of the  Company  at a price of $100 per  share
                     within 30 days  following the effective date of a merger or
                     consolidation  in which the  Company  is not the  surviving
                     entity.

                     Each  share of the 1996  Series  7%  Convertible  Preferred
                     Stock  shall be  convertible,  at the  option of the holder
                     thereof, into shares of the Common Stock of the Company, at
                     the  conversion  price equal to 80% of the  current  market
                     price  of  the  Common  Stock,   provided,   however,   the
                     conversion price shall not be less than $4.24 nor more than
                     $6.66 per  share of  Common  Stock.  For  purposes  of such
                     conversion,  each share of the 1996  Series 7%  Convertible
                     Preferred  Stock  shall  be  accepted  by the  Company  for
                     surrender at its Liquidation Amount of $100 per share.

                     During March 1996, the Company issued 20,000 shares of 1996
                     Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock for $100 per share.
                     Commissions and expenses totaling $137,925 were incurred in
                     connection  with the stock  issuances of which  $77,925 was
                     paid in cash and  $60,000  was paid by  issuance of another
                     600 shares of Preferred Stock.

                     On June 3, 1996, an investor  converted 5,000 shares of the
                     Company's 1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock into
                     Common Stock of the Company. The conversion price was $4.30
                     per share, which resulted in the issuance of 116,293 shares
                     of Common  Stock.  This  conversion  also  resulted  in the
                     issuance to certain of the Company's  financial advisors of
                     warrants  to  purchase an  additional  2,326  shares of the
                     Common  Stock of the  Company.  These  warrants to purchase
                     Common  Stock are  exercisable  for a two year period at an
                     exercise price equal to $5.15 per share.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                     On July 29, 1996,  two  investors  converted  2,250 and 500
                     shares  of  the  Company's   1996  Series  7%   Convertible
                     Preferred  Stock  into  Common  Stock of the  Company.  The
                     conversion price was $4.42 per share, which resulted in the
                     issuance  of 50,945 and  11,320  shares,  respectively,  of
                     Common Stock.

                     On August  30,  1996,  the  Company  issued a Common  Stock
                     dividend to investors who held the Company's 1996 Series 7%
                     Convertible Preferred Stock. At this date there were 12,850
                     shares of such stock outstanding.  The 7% dividend resulted
                     in a Common  Stock  dividend  of 7,863  shares  based on an
                     issuance price of $5.40 per share.

                     On September 11, 1996, an investor  converted  5,000 shares
                     of the Company's 1996 Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock
                     into Common Stock of the Company.  The conversion price was
                     $4.24 per share,  which resulted in the issuance of 118,064
                     shares of Common Stock.  This  conversion  also resulted in
                     the issuance to certain of the Company's financial advisors
                     of warrants to purchase an  additional  2,361 shares of the
                     Common  Stock of the  Company.  These  warrants to purchase
                     Common  Stock are  exercisable  for a two year period at an
                     exercise price equal to $5.08 per share.

                     On September 22, 1996, an investor  converted  2,250 shares
                     of the Company's 1996 Series 7% Convertible Preferred Stock
                     into Common Stock of the Company.  The conversion price was
                     $4.24 per share,  which  resulted in the issuance of 53,128
                     shares of Common Stock.

                     On February  28,  1997,  the Company  issued a Common Stock
                     dividend to investors who held the Company's 1996 Series 7%
                     Convertible  Preferred Stock. At this date there were 5,600
                     shares of such stock outstanding.  The 7% dividend resulted
                     in a Common  Stock  dividend  of 6,381  shares  based on an
                     issuance price of $3.06 per share.

                     In July 1997, the Company  exchanged all 5,600  outstanding
                     shares  of  the  Company's   1996  Series  7%   Convertible
                     Preferred  Stock  for an  aggregate  of  186,667  shares of
                     Common  Stock and  non-transferable  warrants,  expiring in
                     2000,  to  purchase  310,709  shares of Common  Stock at an
                     exercise price of $3.00 per share.  Such exchange  resulted
                     in a  constructive  dividend,  based  on the  independently
                     appraised  value  of  the  non-transferable   warrants,  of
                     $109,937  which was  reported in the fiscal  quarter  ended
                     July 31, 1997.

9. Advance Pay       The Company has  established an Advance Pay Program.  Under
   Program           this   program,   the  Company   advances  an  agreed  upon
                     percentage  of the  incentive  payments  otherwise  due the
                     retailer from magazine publishers upon quarterly submission
                     of claims for such payments.  The claims  otherwise due the
                     retailer   become  due  the  Company.   Included  in  trade
                     receivables  at January  31,  1998 is  $14,587,531  due the
                     Company  under the Advance Pay Program  (net of  $3,859,154
                     due the program  participants).  Service  revenues from the
                     program were approximately $4,576,000 and $1,150,000 during
                     1998 and 1997, respectively.

10. Due to           The Company has arrangements  with certain of its customers
    Retailers        whereby the Company is authorized to collect and deposit in
                     its own  accounts,  checks  payable  to its  customers  for
                     incentive  payments.  The Company  retains  the  commission
                     related  to  such   payments  and  pays  the  customer  the
                     difference.  The Company owes retailers $993,846 at January
                     31, 1998 under such arrangements.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>
                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



11. Common  Stock    In  September  1997,  the Company  issued to Aron  Katzman,
                     Harry  L.  Franc,  III  and  Timothy  A.  Braswell,  each a
                     director  of  the   Company,   non-transferable   warrants,
                     expiring in 2000, to purchase an aggregate of 89,289 shares
                     of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $3.00 per share.
                     These  warrants  will  vest at a rate of 25% on  August  1,
                     1998,  25% on November 1, 1998, 25% on February 1, 1999 and
                     25% on May 1, 1999.  The related  cost,  as  determined  by
                     independent  appraisal,  of  approximately  $54,000 will be
                     recognized ratably over those periods.

                     In October  1997,  the Company  sold in a public  offering,
                     2,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.  Concurrent
                     with the  offering,  the  Company  effected  the 1 for 1.21
                     reverse  stock split  previously  approved by the Company's
                     shareholders.  The weighted average number of common shares
                     presented   in   the   financial   statements   have   been
                     retroactively restated to give effect to such reverse stock
                     split.


12.  Fair Values of  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate
     Instruments     the fair values of each class of financial  instruments for
                     which it is practicable to estimate that value:

                     Trade Receivables

                     The carrying amounts  approximate fair value because of the
                     short maturity of those instruments.

                     Notes Receivable - Officers

                     The fair value is estimated by discounting  the future cash
                     flows using the  current  interest  rates at which  similar
                     loans  would  be  made to  borrowers  with  similar  credit
                     ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

                     Accounts Payable and Accrued  Expenses,  and Amounts Due to
                     Retailers

                     Carrying amounts are reasonable estimates of fair value due
                     to the  relatively  short period  between  origination  and
                     expected repayment of these instruments.

                     Long-term  Debt and Revolving  Credit  Facility  (Excluding
                     Obligations Under Capital Leases)

                     The carrying amount of the long-term debt  approximates the
                     fair value because the financial  instrument was originally
                     recorded at its discounted value.

                     It is presumed  that the carrying  amount of the  revolving
                     credit  facility  is a  reasonable  estimate  of fair value
                     because the financial  instrument bears a variable interest
                     rate.

                     The  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company's  financial
                     instruments are as follows:

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                      Carrying          Fair
January 31, 1998                                        Value           Value
- ----------------                                      --------          ------
Financial Assets
  Trade receivables                               $ 18,874,764      $ 18,874,764
  Notes receivable - officers                     $     22,093      $     20,100

Financial Liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued 
   expenses                                       $    680,055      $    680,055
  Due to retailers                                $    993,846      $    993,846
  Long-term debt (excluding 
   obligations under capital leases)              $  8,589,577      $  8,589,577



13. Earnings Per     In calculating  earnings per share, Net Income for the year
    Share            ended  January  31,  1998  was  reduced  by a  constructive
                     dividend of $109,937,  which  resulted from the exchange of
                     all 5,600 outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for 186,667
                     shares of Common Stock and non-transferable warrants.

                     A  reconciliation  of the  denominators  of the  basic  and
                     diluted earnings per share computations are as follows:


January 31, 1998                                              1998         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average number of common 
  shares outstanding                                     6,561,761    5,557,223

Effect of dilutive securities - stock 
  options and warrants                                     131,905           -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding - as adjusted                                6,693,666    5,557,223
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


14. Subsequent       Subsequent  to year end, the Board of Directors  approved a
    Event            plan in which the Company would sell  additional  shares of
                     its Common  Stock.  The Company  will be required to file a
                     registration statement for the sale of these securities. It
                     is anticipated  that the aggregate  selling price of all of
                     the securities will approximate  $10,500,000.  The proposed
                     issue date of these  securities  is  expected to be in June
                     1998.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>


15.    Quarterly Financial                        Quarters Ended
       Data (unaudited)
 1998                           April 30      July 31   October 31    January 31
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Net Sales                     $2,527,879   $2,940,137  $2,943,766    $3,392,062
 Gross Profit                   1,233,933    1,349,506   1,421,565     1,938,187
 Net Income                       256,127      333,426     377,256       622,199
 Earnings  per common
   share - Basic                      .04          .04         .06           .08
 Weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding - Basic          5,823,777    5,827,872   6,535,980     8,015,371
 Earnings per common
   shares - Diluted                  0.04         0.04        0.06          0.08
 Weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding - Diluted        5,823,777    5,890,443   6,724,638     8,290,369

 1997
 ----
 Net Sales                     $1,453,968   $1,304,530  $2,100,190    $2,439,759
 Gross Profit                     249,130      147,022     795,390     1,042,317
 Net Income (Loss)               (470,229)    (435,311)     62,410       239,813
 Earnings (loss) per common
   share - Basic                   (0.09)       (0.08)        0.01          0.04
 Weighted average number of
   common shares
   outstanding - Basic          5,272,645    5,409,994   5,723,099     5,817,030
 Earnings (loss) per common
   share - Diluted                 (0.09)       (0.08)        0.01          0.04
 Weighted average number of
   common shares
   outstanding - Diluted        5,272,645    5,409,994   5,809,050     5,946,659


                                      F-25

<PAGE>


No underwriter,  dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give
any  information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in
this p ospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representations
must  not be  relied  upon as  having  been  authorized  by the  Company  or any
Underwriter. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder
shall,  under any  circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no
change  in the  affairs  of the  Company  since  the  date  hereof  or that  the
information  contained  herein is correct as of any date  subsequent to the date
hereof.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy any securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction
in which such offer or  solicitation  is not  authorized  or in which the person
making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom
it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.

                        --------------------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----
Prospectus Summary ......................................
Risk Factors.............................................
Use of Proceeds .........................................
Price Range of Common Stock..............................
Dividend Policy..........................................
Capitalization ..........................................
Selected Financial Data .................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations ............................................
Business ................................................
Management ..............................................
Principal and Selling Shareholders ......................
Description of Capital Stock ............................
Certain Provisions of the Articles of
  Incorporation and Bylaws...............................
Shares Eligible for Future Sale .........................
Underwriting ............................................
Legal Matters ...........................................
Experts .................................................
Available Information ...................................
Index to Financial Statements ...........................


                [LOGO] THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY

                                2,000,000 SHARES

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------

                         DONALD & CO. SECURITIES, INC.

                                __________, 1998

<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Sections 351.355(1) and (2) of The General and Business Corporation Law
of the State of Missouri provide that a corporation may indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was
a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the best
interests  of the  corporation  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to  believe  such  person's  conduct  was
unlawful,  except  that,  in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of
the  corporation,  the  corporation  may  not  indemnify  such  persons  against
judgments and fines and no person shall be indemnified as to any claim, issue or
matter as to which  such  person  shall  have  been  adjudged  to be liable  for
negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of  the  person's  duty  to the
corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or
suit was  brought  determines  upon  application  that such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for  proper  expenses.  Section  351.355(3)
provides that, to the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent of the
corporation  has been  successful  in the  defense of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the person shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses,  including  attorney's  fees,  actually  and
reasonably  incurred  by such person in  connection  with such  action,  suit or
proceeding.   Section  351.355(7)   provides  that  a  corporation  may  provide
additional  indemnification to any person  indemnifiable under subsection (1) of
(2), provided such additional indemnification is authorized by the corporation's
articles of incorporation or an amendment  thereto or by a  shareholder-approved
bylaw or  agreement,  and  provided  further  that no person  shall  thereby  be
indemnified  against  conduct which was finally  adjudged to have been knowingly
fraudulent,  deliberately  dishonest or willful  misconduct or which involves an
accounting-for  profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Paragraph
9 of the Articles of  IncorporationCof  the Company permits the Company to enter
into  agreements with its directors,  officers,  employees and agents to provide
such  indemnification as deemed appropriate.  Paragraph 9 also provides that the
Company may extend to its directors and executive officers such  indemnification
and additional indemnification.

         The Company  has entered  into an  indemnification  agreement  with its
directors and certain of its executive officers. The form of indemnity agreement
provides that such persons will be indemnified  to the full extent  permitted by
applicable  law against all expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,
fines,  penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding,  on account of such person's services as a
director or executive  officer of the Company or any other company or enterprise
in which he is serving at the request of the  Company,  or as a guarantor of any
debt of the  Company.  To the  extent  the  indemnification  provided  under the
agreement  exceeds that  permitted by  applicable  law,  indemnification  may be
unenforceable  or may be  limited  to the  extent  it is  found  by a  court  of
competent jurisdiction to be contrary to public policy.

         The Company has  procured and intends to maintain a policy of insurance
under which the directors  and officers of the Company will be insured,  subject
to the limits of the policy,  against  certain  losses  arising from claims made
against such  directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions  covered
under such policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         The  following  table sets forth the  estimated  expenses in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby,
all of which will be paid by the Company:

         SEC Registration fee..................................     $  4,855
         NASD Filing fee.......................................        2,107
         Listing fees..........................................       79,000
         Transfer agent fees and expenses......................        5,000
         Printing and engraving................................       65,000
         Legal fees and expenses...............................       75,000
         Accounting fees and expenses..........................       28,000
         Non-accountable expense allowance.....................      160,500
         Miscellaneous.........................................        5,538
                                                                    --------
             Total.............................................    $ 425,000

- ---------------------------

Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         During  February  1996, the Company issued 6,612 shares of Common Stock
to Dennis Mensch for $4.54 per share in a transaction  exempt from  registration
pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

         During March 1996,  the Company  issued  15,000,  2,250,  2,250 and 500
shares  of 1996  Series  7%  Convertible  Preferred  Stock for $100 per share to
Cameron Capital,  Ltd., Messrs.  Aron Katzman,  Timothy A. Braswell and Harry L.
Franc, III, respectively. The sale to Cameron Capital, Ltd. was made in reliance
on  Regulation  S of the  Securities  Act, and all other such sales were made in
reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933.  Each share of the 1996
Series 7% Convertible  Preferred  Stock entitles its holder to receive an annual
dividend, when and as declared by the Board of $7 per share payable in shares of
the Company's Common Stock; to convert it into shares of common stock subject to
the conversion rights described in the Certificate of Designations,  Preferences
and  Relative  Rights  of  1996  Series  7%  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (the
"Certificate");  to  receive  $100  per  share  in  the  event  of  dissolution,
liquidation, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary; and
subject to certain conditions in the Certificate,  may be redeemed at the option
of the  Company  at a price of $100  per  share  within  30 days  following  the
effective  date of a merger or  consolidation  in which the  Company  is not the
surviving entity. In connection with such sale, the Company issued an additional
600 shares of 1996 Series 7% Convertible  Preferred Stock to DJ Ltd. in reliance
on Regulation S.

         In June 1996,  an  investor  converted  5,000  shares of 1996 Series 7%
Convertible  Preferred  Stock into 116,293 shares of Common Stock in reliance on
Section  3(a)(9) and the Company issued  warrants to purchase up to 2,326 shares
of Common Stock in reliance on Regulation S and Section 4(2).

         In July  1996,  two  investors  converted  2,250 and 500 shares of 1996
Series  7%   Convertible   Preferred   Stock  into  50,945  and  11,320  shares,
respectively, of Common Stock in reliance on Section 3(a)(9).

         In August 1996,  the Company issued a 7,863 share Common Stock dividend
to its preferred stockholders in reliance upon Section 4(2) and Regulation S.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

         In a series of transactions,  taking place in August 1996 and September
1996, exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
1933, the Company issued 4,200 shares of Common Stock to Financial Power Network
in exchange for $21,600 of marketing services.

         During June 1996,  the Company  issued 82,644 shares of Common Stock to
James W. Looman in connection with the purchase of Magazine Marketing, Inc. in a
transaction exempt from registration  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933.

         During June 1996,  the Company  issued 91,938 shares of Common Stock to
United Magazine Company in connection with the purchase of Readers Choice,  Inc.
in a  transaction  exempt  from  registration  pursuant  to Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933.

         In September  1996, two investors  converted  5,000 and 2,250 shares of
1996 Series 7%  Convertible  Preferred  Stock into a total of 171,192  shares of
Common stock in reliance on Section  3(a)(9) and the Company issued  warrants to
purchase up to 2,361  shares of Common  Stock in reliance  on  Regulation  S and
Section 4(2).

         In  February  1997,  the  Company  issued a 6,381  share  common  stock
dividend  to its  preferred  stockholders  in  reliance  upon  Section  4(2) and
Regulation S.

         In July,  1997,  the Company  issued 186,667 shares of Common Stock and
warrants  expiring 2000 to purchase 310,709 shares of Common Stock at a price of
$3.00 per share,  to the holders of the Company's 1996 7% Convertible  Preferred
Stock in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of such Preferred
Stock. Such transactions were made in reliance on Regulation S and Section 4(2).

         In September  1997,  the Company  issued  non-transferable  warrants to
certain of its directors for the purchase of up to 89,289 shares of Common Stock
at a purchase price of $3.00 per share in reliance on Section 4(2).

         In November 1997, the Company issued a warrant to purchase up to 75,000
shares of Common Stock to a consultant in reliance on Section 4(2). Such warrant
was  surrendered  by the holder thereof in May 1998 in  consideration  of a cash
payment by the Company of $17,250.

Item 27.  Exhibits

Exhibit
Number              Description
- ------              -----------
1.1       Form Underwriting Agreement
3.1       Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.2       Bylaws of the Company
3.3       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.4       Amendments to Bylaws of the Company (filed herewith)
3.5       Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company 
            (filed herewith)
4.1       Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.4       Representative's Warrant
4.5       Form of Privately Issued Warrant
4.6       Form of Representative's Warrant
5.1       Opinion of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
10.1      Form of Promissory Notes with Dwight DeGolia
10.2      Form of Indemnity Agreement with Officers and Directors

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

10.3      Lease Agreement dated June 28, 1991 with 711 Gallimore
            Partnership
10.8      Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
            January 1, 1994, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.9      Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
            January 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.10     Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
            April 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.11     Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
            April 25, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.13     $8,700,000 Credit Agreement dated as of November 14,
            1996 between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.14     Amendment to Credit Agreement dated December 19, 1996
            by and between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.15     Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1997
            by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of
            North Carolina, N.A.
10.16     The Company's Common Stock Award Plan
10.17     The Company's Amended and Restated 1995 Incentive 
            Stock Option Plan.
10.18     Employment Agreement, effective February 1, 1996, with 
            John P. Watkins
10.19     Employment Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995, with 
            Robert G. Shupe
10.20     Agreement with Dwight L. DeGolia
10.21     Front-End Management Agreement with Kmart Corporation
10.22     Amendment to Credit Agreement dated July 31, 1997 by 
            and between the Company and Wachovia Bank, N.A.
10.23     Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Donald & Co. 
            Securities Inc.
10.24     Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement  dated  May  29,  1997 
            by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of North 
            Carolina, N.A.
10.25     Form of Employment Agreement with S. Leslie Flegel, 
            William H. Lee and W. Brian Rodgers
10.26     Amendment to Credit  Agreement  dated  October 31, 1997
            by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of North 
            Carolina, N.A.
10.27     Form of Amendment to Financial Consulting Agreement with 
            Donald & Co. Securities, Inc.
10.28     The Company's 1998 Omnibus Plan
21.1      Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1      Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
23.3      Consent of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
            (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)


                                      II-4

<PAGE>

Item 28.  Undertakings

         (a)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the small  business  issuer  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the
opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other
than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

         (b) If the issuer  relies on Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act, that
the small business issuer will:

                  (1) For  determining  any liability  under the Securities Act,
         treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
         of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
         in a form of prospectus  filed by the small business  issuer under Rule
         424(b)(1),  or (4), or 497(h) under the  Securities Act as part of this
         registration  statement  as of the  time  the  Commission  declared  it
         Effective.

                  (2) For  determining  any liability  under the Securities Act,
         treat each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
         as a new  registration  statement  for the  securities  offered  in the
         registration statement, and that offering of the securities at the time
         as the initial bona fide offering of those securities.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this Amendment to
Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
County of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on the _____th day of May, 1998.

                                      THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                      By: /s/  W. Brian Rodgers
                                          W. Brian Rodgers
                                          Chief Financial Officer


         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

    Signature                       Title                               Date
    ---------                       -----                               ----

/s/ S. Leslie Flegel              Chief Executive Officer and
S. Leslie Flegel                  Chairman of the Board
                                  (principal executive officer)

/s/ W. Brian Rodgers              Chief Financial Officer
W. Brian Rodgers                  (principal financial and
                                  accounting officer)

/s/ William H. Lee                President, Chief Operating
William H. Lee                    Officer and Director


/s/ Timothy A. Braswell           Director
Timothy A. Braswell


/s/ Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III   Director
Harry L. "Terry" Franc, III


/s/ Aron Katzman                  Director
Aron Katzman


/s/ Randall Minix                 Director
Randall Minix


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number                 Description                                        Page
- -------                -----------                                        ----

1.1        Form Underwriting Agreement
3.1(1)     Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.2(1)     Bylaws of the Company
3.3(2)     Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.4(3)     Amendments to Bylaws of the Company (filed herewith)
3.5(3)     Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company 
             (filed herewith)
4.1(3)     Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.4(3)     Representative's Warrant
4.5(3)     Form of Privately Issued Warrant
4.6        Form of Representative's Warrant
5.1        Opinion of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C.
10.1(1)    Form of Promissory Notes with Dwight DeGolia
10.2(1)    Form of Indemnity Agreement with Officers and Directors
10.3(1)    Lease Agreement dated June 28, 1991 with 711 Gallimore
             Partnership
10.8(2)    Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
             January 1, 1994, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.9(2)    Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
             January 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.10(2)   Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
             April 1, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.11(2)   Addendum to the Lease Agreement, dated as of
             April 25, 1996, with 711 Gallimore Partnership
10.13(4)   $8,700,000 Credit Agreement dated as of November 14,
             1996 between The Source Company and Wachovia Bank of
             North Carolina, N.A.
10.14(4)   Amendment to Credit Agreement dated December 19, 1996
             by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of
             North Carolina, N.A.
10.15(4)   Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1997
             by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of
             North Carolina, N.A.
10.16(5)   The Company's Common Stock Award Plan
10.17      The Company's Amended and Restated 1995 Incentive Stock
             Option Plan
10.18(3)   Employment Agreement, effective February 1, 1996, with 
             John P. Watkins
10.19(3)   Employment Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995, with 
             Robert G. Shupe
10.20(3)   Agreement with Dwight L. DeGolia
10.21(3)   Front-End Management Agreement with Kmart Corporation
10.22(3)   Amendment to Credit Agreement dated July 31, 1997 by 
             and between the Company and Wachovia Bank, N.A.
10.23(3)   Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Donald & 
             Co. Securities Inc.
10.24(3)   Amendment to Credit Agreement dated May 29, 1997 by and
             between the Company and Wachovia Bank of North 
             Carolina, N.A.
10.25(3)   Form of Employment Agreement with S. Leslie Flegel, 
             William H. Lee and W. Brian Rodgers

                                       E-2

<PAGE>


10.26(6)   Amendment to Credit  Agreement  dated  October 31, 1997 
             by and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of North 
             Carolina, N.A.
10.27      Form of Amendment to Financial Consulting Agreement with 
             Donald & Co. Securities, Inc.
10.28      The Company's 1998 Omnibus Plan 
21.1(3)    Subsidiaries of the Company 
23.1       Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP 
23.3       Consent of Gallop, Johnson & Neuman, L.C. (included in 
             Exhibit 5.1)
24.1       Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

- --------------------

(1)      Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form 10-SB 
         (File No. 0-26238) first filed on June 12, 1995.

(2)      Incorporated by reference to Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended 
         January 31, 1996.

(3)      Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form SB-2 
         (File No. 333-32733).

(4)      Incorporated by reference to Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended 
         January 31, 1997.

(5)      Incorporated by reference to Form S-8 (File No. 333-16039) filed on 
         November 13, 1996.

(6)      Incorporated by reference to Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended 
         October 31, 1997.

                                       E-3



                                2,000,000 Shares

                    The Source Information Management Company

                                  Common Stock


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                              _______ __ , 1998

Donald & Co. Securities Inc.
   As Representative of the Underwriters
      named in Schedule I hereto
65 East 55th Street
New York, New York  10022

Dear Sirs:

         The Source Information  Management Company, a Missouri corporation (the
"Company"),  and the  shareholders  of the  Company  named in Schedule II hereto
(collectively  the "Selling  Shareholders")  hereby  confirms its agreement with
Donald & Co. Securities Inc. (being referred to herein variously as "you" or the
"Representative")  and the other  underwriters  named in  Schedule I hereto (the
"Representative"  and the  other  underwriters  being  collectively  called  the
"Underwriters") as follows:

         1. Introductory.  Pursuant to the terms of this Underwriting  Agreement
(this "Agreement"),  the Company and the Selling  Shareholders  propose to issue
and sell,  severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters  1,500,000 and 500,000
(the "Firm Stock") shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value,  of the Company (the
"Common Stock"),  respectively.  In addition, solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, the Selling Shareholders propose to grant to the Representative
the  option to  purchase  up to an  additional  300,000  shares of Common  Stock
("Additional Stock"). The Common Stock is more fully described in the Prospectus
referred to below.

                                        1

<PAGE>


         2.  Representations and Warranties

         The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters that:

             (1)  The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement,  and amendments thereto,
on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-_____),  including any related preliminary prospectus
("Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the  registration  of the Firm  Stock  and the
Additional  Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  The
Company will not,  before the  registration  statement  becomes  effective  (the
"Effective  Date"),  file any other amendment to said registration  statement to
which you shall  reasonably  object in writing after being furnished with a copy
thereof.  Copies of such registration  statement and all amendments thereto, and
all forms of the related Preliminary  Prospectus  contained therein,  previously
filed by the Company with the Commission, have heretofore been delivered to you.
Except as the context may otherwise  require,  such registration  statement,  as
amended,  on file with the  Commission  at the time the  registration  statement
becomes effective (including the prospectus,  financial statements, exhibits and
all other documents  filed as a part thereof and all information  deemed to be a
part  thereof  as of such time  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b) of Rule 430A of the
General  Rules  and   Regulations   of  the   Commission   under  the  Act  (the
"Regulations")) is herein called the "Registration Statement". The prospectus in
the form filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations is
herein called the "Prospectus".

             (2)  Neither  the  Commission  nor any  "Blue  Sky"  or  securities
authority of any  jurisdiction  has issued an order preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of the Stock
and  Additional  Stock or has  instituted  proceedings  for that  purpose.  Each
Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing with the Commission, contained all
material  statements  which are required to be stated therein in accordance with
the Act and the  Regulations,  and  conformed in all material  respects with the
requirements  of the Act and the  Regulations  and did not  include  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading.  The  Registration
Statement at the time it becomes  effective and the Prospectus at the time it is
filed with the  Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (and
the  Additional  Closing Date, if any,  determined  as  hereinafter  provided in
Section 3) will contain all material  statements which are required to be stated
therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and will in all material
respects  conform to the  requirements of the Act and the  Regulations,  and the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus will not, on such dates,  include any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of
the  circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading,  except that no
representations  or warranties  are made with respect to statements or omissions
made in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
the  Company  by or on  behalf of any  Underwriter  through  the  Representative
expressly for use in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment
or supplement thereto.

                                        2

<PAGE>

             (3) The Company has been duly organized and is validly  existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Missouri.  Each of
K-Sub, Inc., L-Sub, Inc., Readers Choice,  Inc., Magazine  Marketing,  Inc., The
Source-Canada Corp. and Mike Kessler and Associates, Inc. is a subsidiary of the
Company  (collectively,  the  "Subsidiaries") and has been duly organized and is
validly  existing  as a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the  laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all
of the  capital  stock of each of the  Subsidiaries.  All such shares of capital
stock so owned are validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and nonassessable
and are owned free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances or other  restrictions.
The Company and each of the Subsidiaries are duly qualified and in good standing
as foreign  corporations in all jurisdictions where the character or location of
their  properties  (owned or leased) or the nature of their  business makes such
qualification necessary, except where the failure so to qualify would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the business,  properties,  results of  operations,
condition (financial or otherwise),  affairs or prospects of the Company and the
Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse  Effect").  The Company and
each of the Subsidiaries have all requisite  corporate power and authority,  and
all necessary  authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and
permits of and from all  governmental  regulatory  officials and bodies,  to own
their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses as described
in  the   Prospectus,   and  the  Company   has  all  such   power,   authority,
authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses,  certificates and permits to enter
into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions  hereof.  The
Company and each of the Subsidiaries own, or possess adequate rights to use, all
patents, trademarks, service marks and other rights necessary for the conduct of
their business as described in the  Prospectus and neither the Company,  nor any
of the  Subsidiaries  nor any  officer or  director of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries  has  received any notice of conflict  with the asserted  rights of
others in any respect which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and none knows
any basis therefor. The Company has no subsidiaries other than the Subsidiaries.

             (4)  The  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries   have  either  good  and
marketable  title in fee simple to, or valid and enforceable  leasehold  estates
in, all items of real  property  and personal  property  which are stated in the
Prospectus  to be owned or  leased  by it,  in each  case  free and clear of all
liens,  encumbrances,  claims, security interests,  subleases and defects, other
than those  referred to in the Prospectus and those which do not have a Material
Adverse  Effect.  Each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  has the  right to
operate all of its  facilities in their  present  locations and the operation of
such facilities  does not violate in any material  respect the provisions of any
lease with respect  thereto which the Company,  any of the  Subsidiaries  or any
third party is a party.

             (5) There is no litigation or governmental  proceeding  pending or,
to the knowledge of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  threatened against,
or  involving  the  properties  or  business  of,  the  Company  or  any  of the
Subsidiaries,  nor are  there  any  actions,  suits or  proceedings  related  to
environmental  matters or related to  discrimination  on the basis of age,  sex,
religion or race and no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company exist,
which  could  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  except as  referred  to in the
Prospectus.

                                        3

<PAGE>

             (6) All  contracts,  agreements,  documents  and other  instruments
required to be filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement have been filed
with the Commission as exhibits thereto.

             (7) The consolidated financial statements together with the related
notes of the Company and the Subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement
and  Prospectus  present  fairly the  consolidated  financial  position  and the
consolidated  results of operations of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  at the
respective  dates and for the respective  periods to which they apply;  and such
financial  statements  and related notes have been  prepared in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting  principles,  consistently  applied throughout the
periods  involved.  The  capitalization  of the Company,  as set forth under the
caption  "Capitalization" in the Prospectus,  was as so described on the date of
which it is set forth therein.

             (8) BDO Seidman,  LLP,  whose reports are filed with the Commission
as a part of the Registration Statement, are independent accountants as required
by the Act and the Regulations.

             (9) Except for the  shares of  capital  stock of the  Subsidiaries,
neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  owns,  directly or indirectly,
any  shares of stock or any other  securities  of any  corporation  nor does the
Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  have  any  equity  interest  in any  firm,
partnership,  joint venture,  association or other entity, except as referred to
in the Prospectus.

             (10) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is
set forth in the Registration  Statement and the Prospective,  there has been no
material  adverse  change in the business,  properties,  results of  operations,
condition (financial or otherwise),  affairs or prospects of the Company and the
Subsidiaries,  taken  as a  whole,  except  as  referred  to  therein;  and  the
outstanding  debt,  the property and the business of the Company and each of the
Subsidiaries  conform  in all  material  respects  to the  descriptions  thereof
contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

             (11) No default exists, and no event has occurred which with notice
or lapse of time, or both,  would  constitute a default,  in the due performance
and observance of any term,  covenant or condition of any  indenture,  mortgage,
deed of trust,  note,  bank loan or credit  agreement or any other  agreement or
instrument  to which the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which  any of them or any of their  property  may be bound  or  affected,  which
default would have a Material Adverse Effect.

             (12) Neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is in breach
of any term or provision of its Certificate of  Incorporation,  by-laws or other
charter documents and in violation of any franchise,  license, permit, judgment,
decree,  order,  statute,  rule or  regulation,  which  violation  is a Material
Adverse  Effect.  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  the  Subsidiaries  is in

                                        4

<PAGE>

violation of any laws,  ordinances,  governmental  rules or regulations to which
any of them is subject,  which violation is a Material  Adverse Effect.  Neither
the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has not failed to obtain any licenses,
permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations materially necessary to
the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business.

             (13)  Neither the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  the
Representative's  Warrant  Agreement (as defined in Section 3(h) hereof) and the
amendment  to the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement  (as defined in Section 5(t)
hereof)  (the  "Amendment"),  the  consummation  of the  transactions  herein or
therein  contemplated,  nor compliance  with the terms and provisions  hereof or
thereof  will  conflict  with,  or  result  in a  breach  of any  of the  terms,
provisions or conditions of the Certificate of  Incorporation,  by-laws or other
charter documents of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries.  The execution and
delivery of this  Agreement,  the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  and the
Amendment  to  the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement,  the  consummation  of the
transactions herein or therein  contemplated,  and compliance with the terms and
provisions  hereof or thereof will not conflict  with, or result in a breach of,
or constitute a default under any of the terms,  provisions or conditions of any
agreement or  instrument  to which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a
party or by which any of them or any of their properties is bound,  except where
such conflict,  breach or default would not have a Material  Adverse Effect,  or
violate any franchise,  license, permit, judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule
or  regulation  of  any  government,  governmental  authority  or  court  having
jurisdiction  over the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  except  where such
violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

             (14) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
execute,   deliver  and  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  the
Representative's Warrant Agreement and the Amendment to the Financial Consulting
Agreement and this Agreement,  the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement and the
Amendment  to the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement  have been duly  authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company and  constitute  legal,  valid and binding
agreements of the Company and are enforceable  against the Company in accordance
with  their  respective  terms  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by
bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization   or  other  similar  laws  affecting
creditors'  rights  generally,  and except insofar as the  enforceability of the
indemnification  and  contribution  terms may be  limited by  applicable  law or
public policy.

             (15) All of the  issued  shares  of  Common  Stock,  including  the
Additional  Stock,  have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are fully
paid and  nonassessable and free of preemptive  rights;  the Firm Stock has been
duly  authorized  and,  when  issued  and  delivered  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement,  will be validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and free of
preemptive rights. The Company's capital stock conforms in all material respects
to all statements in relation thereto  contained in the  Registration  Statement
and  Prospectus.  The Company has no  outstanding  capital  stock other than the
Common Stock.  None of the Certificate of  Incorporation,  the by-laws,  nor any
contract or other instrument contain provisions regarding preemptive rights.

                                        5

<PAGE>


             (16) The warrants that will be issued  pursuant to the terms of the
Representative's  Warrant Agreement (the "Representative's  Warrants") have been
duly and validly  authorized  by the  Company  and upon  delivery to you against
payment  therefore  and  otherwise in  accordance  with this  Agreement  and the
Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  will be duly  issued and legal,  valid and
binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance
with  their  terms  except  as  enforceability  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization  or other similar laws affecting  creditors'  rights
generally.

             (17) The Common Stock underlying the Representative's Warrants (the
"Representative's  Warrant  Stock") has been duly  authorized  and  reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Representative's  Warrants,  and, when issued upon
payment of the exercise price therefor,  will be validly issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock and free of pre-emptive rights.

             (18) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is
given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  and except as may otherwise
be indicated or contemplated  herein or therein,  neither the Company nor any of
the Subsidiaries has (i) issued any securities  except  securities  issued under
the  Company's  employee  benefit  plans  and  as  provided  herein  or  in  the
Registration  Statement,  or incurred  any  liability or  obligation,  direct or
contingent,  for borrowed money (except under the Company's credit facility in a
manner   consistent  with  past  practice),   (ii)  entered  into  any  material
transaction  not in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (iii)  entered into any
transaction  with an  affiliate  of the  Company  other  than one or more of the
Subsidiaries,  or (iv)  declared  or paid any  dividend  on its shares of Common
Stock.

             (19) No  consent,  authorization  or  approval  is  required  to be
obtained by the Company from any Federal,  state or local governmental agency or
body in order to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  herein  or in the
Registration Statement, other than such consents, authorizations or approvals as
have been obtained.

             (20) No  person  holds a right to  require  or  participate  in the
registration  under the Act of any  securities  of the Company to be effected by
the Registration  Statement,  which right has not been duly waived by the holder
thereof as of the date hereof. The Company does not have outstanding, and at the
Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, will not have outstanding,
any options to  purchase,  or any rights or warrants  to  subscribe  for, or any
securities or obligations  convertible  into, or any contracts or commitments to
issue or sell,  shares of its  Common  Stock or any such  warrants,  convertible
securities or obligations, except as referred to in the Prospectus.

             (21) The Company and each of the  Subsidiaries has timely filed all
Federal,  state,  and local tax returns  which are  required to be filed and has
paid all taxes shown on such returns and all  assessments  received by it to the
extent that the same have become due, except any being contested in good faith.

                                        6

<PAGE>

             (22) To the  knowledge  and belief of the  Company's  officers  and
directors (such officers and directors having made reasonable investigation with
respect  thereto),  neither the  Company,  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  nor any
officer, director or employee of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has made
any payment of funds of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries or purchased any
property  with  funds  of the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  in a manner
prohibited  by law,  and no funds of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  or
property purchased with funds of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has been
set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

             (23)  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and
Prospectus,  the Company  does not know of any claims for services in the nature
of a finders fee,  brokerage fee or otherwise  with respect to this offering for
which the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or you may be responsible.

             (24) The  Company  has  obtained  from such key  executives  as are
designated  by  the  Representative   (the  "Key  Employees")  new  or  modified
employment   agreements   upon  terms   agreeable   to  the   Company   and  the
Representative,   including,   without  limitation,   the  term,   compensation,
arrangement  and  restrictive  covenants.  The Company has obtained key man life
insurance upon the lives of the Key Employees in face amounts mutually agreeable
to the Company and the Representative.

             (25)  Application  for  quotation of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq
National Market has been approved, subject to notice of issuance.

             (b) Each of the Selling  Shareholders,  severally  and not jointly,
represents and warrants to the Representative and the Company that:

             (1) All consents,  approvals,  authorizations  and orders necessary
for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and
the Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney")  and the Custody  Agreement (the
"Custody  Agreement")  hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of
the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock to be sold by such Selling  Shareholder
hereunder,  have been  obtained;  and such Selling  Shareholder  has full right,
power and authority to enter into this Agreement,  the Power of Attorney and the
Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Additional Stock
to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder.

             (2) The sale of the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock to be sold
by such Selling Shareholder hereunder and the performance of this Agreement, the
Power  of  Attorney  and  the  Custody  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the
transactions  herein and therein  contemplated do not and will not conflict with
or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or

                                        7

<PAGE>

constitute  a default  under or  give rise to rights of  termination  under, any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of trust, voting  agreement,  loan  agreement, note
or other evidence of indebtedness,  lease, sublease, contract or other agreement
or  instrument  to which such  Selling  Shareholder  is a party or by which such
Selling  Shareholder or any of such Selling  Shareholder's  properties is bound,
the  certificate  or  articles  of  incorporation  and  by-laws of such  Selling
Shareholder  if such  Selling  Shareholder  is a  corporation,  the  partnership
agreement  of  such  Selling  Shareholder  if  such  Selling  Shareholder  is  a
partnership, or any applicable law, rule, regulation,  judgment, order or decree
of any court, government or governmental  instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,
having  jurisdiction  over such  Selling  Shareholder  or the  property  of such
Selling Shareholder.

             (3) Such Selling  Shareholder  has, and at the  Additional  Closing
Date (as defined in Section 3 hereof),  such Selling Shareholder will have, good
and valid  title to the Firm Stock and the  Additional  Stock to be sold by such
Selling  Shareholder  hereunder,  free  and  clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,
equities or claims;  and, upon delivery of such Firm Stock and Additional  Stock
and payment therefor  pursuant  hereto,  good and valid title to such Firm Stock
and  Additional  Stock free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances,  equities  or
claims, will pass to the Representative.

             (4) Such Selling Shareholder has delivered to the Representative on
or before the date of this  Agreement,  an  agreement  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Representative,  whereby such Selling Shareholder agrees not to
offer,  sell,  contract  to sell or grant an option  relating  to, or  otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common  Stock,  directly  or  indirectly,  without  the
Representative's prior written consent.

             (5) Such  Selling  Shareholder  has not  taken  and will not  take,
directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted
or which might  reasonably  be expected to cause or result in  stabilization  or
manipulation  of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale
or resale of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock.

             (6) All information regarding such Selling Shareholder contained in
the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading.

             In order  to  document  the  Representative's  compliance  with the
reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility
Act of 1982  with  respect  to the  transactions  herein  contemplated,  each of
Selling  Shareholders agrees to deliver to the Representative prior to or at the
Additional Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury
Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury
Department regulations in lieu thereof).


                                        8

<PAGE>


                  Each of the Selling Shareholders  represents and warrants that
certificates in negotiable form  representing  all of the Additional Stock to be
sold by such Selling  Shareholder  hereunder have been placed in custody under a
Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representative,  duly
executed and delivered by such Selling  Shareholder to Chase Mellon  Shareholder
Services, as custodian (the "Custodian"),  and that such Selling Shareholder has
duly  executed  and  delivered  a Power  of  Attorney,  in the  form  heretofore
furnished to the  Representative,  appointing the persons  indicated in Schedule
III hereto,  and each of them, as such Selling  Shareholder's  attorneys-in-fact
(the  "Attorneys-in-Fact")  with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
on behalf of such Selling  Shareholder,  to determine  the purchase  price to be
paid by the Representative to the Selling  Shareholders as provided in Section 3
hereof,  to authorize  the delivery of the  Additional  Stock to be sold by such
Selling  Shareholder  hereunder  and  otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling
Shareholder in connection with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
and the Custody Agreement.

                  Each of the Selling Shareholders  specifically agrees that the
Additional  Stock  represented  by the  certificates  held in  custody  for such
Selling  Shareholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of
the  Representative  hereunder,  and that the arrangements  made by such Selling
Shareholder for such custody and the appointment by such Selling  Shareholder of
the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney,  are to that extent irrevocable.
Each of the Selling Shareholders specifically agrees that the obligations of the
Selling  Shareholders  hereunder  shall not be  terminated  by operation of law,
whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling  Shareholder or, in
the case of a corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or business association,
by the merger,  reorganization or dissolution of such Selling Shareholder, or by
the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling  Shareholder should
die or become incapacitated,  or in the case of a Selling Shareholder which is a
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or business  association  such Selling
Shareholder  should merge,  reorganize  or dissolve,  or if any such other event
should occur before the delivery of the Additional Stock hereunder, certificates
representing  the  Additional  Stock shall be  delivered  by or on behalf of the
Selling  Shareholders  in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement and the Custody Agreement,  and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact
pursuant  to the  Powers  of  Attorney  shall  be as  valid  as if  such  death,
incapacity,  merger,  reorganization  or  dissolution  or  other  event  had not
occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact,  or
any of them,  shall have  received  notice of such  death,  incapacity,  merger,
reorganization, dissolution or other event.


         3.  Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Firm Stock and Additional Stock.

             (1) On the  basis  of the  representations  and  warranties  herein
contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company
and the  Selling  Shareholders  agree  to sell,  as set  forth  in  Schedule  I,
severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters,  severally
and not  jointly,  agree to purchase  from the Company,  at a purchase  price of
$____ per  share,  the  number of shares of Firm  Stock set forth  opposite  the
Company and the Selling Stockholder respective names in Schedule II.


                                        9

<PAGE>

                  (a) Payment of the  purchase  price for,  and delivery of, the
Firm Stock shall be made at your  discretion by wire transfer or by certified or
official bank check in New York Clearing  House funds or similar next day funds,
payable to the order of the  Company at the  offices of Donald & Co.  Securities
Inc., 65 East 55th Street,  New York,  New York,  through the  facilities of the
Depository  Trust  Company,  or such other place as shall be agreed upon between
us. Such delivery and payment shall be made at 9:00 A.M.,  New York time, on the
third business day following the Effective Date;  provided,  however,  that such
date may be extended for not more than an  additional  five business days by the
Representative or in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(c) hereof.  The
hour and date of such delivery and payment are herein called the "Closing Date".

                  (b) Certificates evidencing the Firm Stock shall be registered
in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as you may request in
writing at least two full business  days prior to the Closing Date.  The Company
and the  Selling  Shareholders  will  permit you to  examine  and  package  said
certificates at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date.

                  (c) In  addition,  on the  basis  of the  representations  and
warranties herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Selling Shareholders, as and to the extent indicated on Schedule III,
hereby grant,  severally and not jointly, to you the option to purchase all or a
portion of the Additional Stock as may be necessary to cover  over-allotments at
the same purchase price per share to be paid by the  Underwriters to the Company
for the Firm Stock as determined  in this Section 3. Of the aggregate  number of
shares of Additional Stock the  Representative  may have elected to purchase the
Additional  Stock shall be  purchased  from the Selling  Shareholders,  pro rata
based on the  number  of shares of  Additional  Stock to be sold by the  Selling
Shareholders.  This option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
sale of shares of Firm Stock by the  Underwriters.  This option may be exercised
at any  time or  from  time to time on or  before  the  forty-fifth  (45th)  day
following  the Effective  Date by written  notice by the  Representative  to the
Attorneys-in-Fact  acting on behalf of the  Selling  Shareholders.  Such  notice
shall set forth the aggregate  number of shares of Additional  Stock as to which
the  option  is being  exercised,  the name or names  in  which  the  shares  of
Additional Stock are to be registered, the denominations in which the Additional
Stock is to be issued,  and the date and time, as reasonably  determined by you,
when the  Additional  Stock is to be delivered  (such date and time being herein
sometimes referred to as the "Additional Closing Date"); provided, however, that
the  Additional  Closing  Date shall not be earlier  than the  Closing  Date nor
earlier  than the third  business  day after the date on which the option  shall
have been  exercised  nor later  than the eighth  business  day after the day on
which the option shall have been exercised.

                  (d) Payment of the  purchase  price for,  and delivery of, the
Additional  Stock  shall  be made  at your  discretion  by wire  transfer  or by
certified or official  bank checks in New York  Clearing  House funds or similar
next day funds,  payable to the order of the Company  with respect to the shares
of Additional  Stock sold by ____________ and to the order of the Custodian with
respect to the  remaining  Selling  Shareholders  at the offices of Donald & Co.
Securities Inc., 65 East 55th Street, New York, New York, through the facilities
of the  Depository  Trust  Company or such other  place as shall be agreed  upon
between you, the Company and the Custodian.

                                       10

<PAGE>

                  (e)  Certificates  evidencing  the  Additional  Stock shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as you may
request  in  writing at least two full  business  days  prior to the  Additional
Closing  Date.  The  Custodian  will  permit you to  examine  and  package  said
certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Additional
Closing Date.

                  (f) The  Company  and the  Selling  Shareholders  shall not be
obligated to sell or deliver any shares of Firm Stock or  Additional  Stock,  as
the case may be, except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the
Firm Stock or Additional  Stock, as the case may be, agreed to be purchased from
it hereunder.

                  (g) On the Closing  Date,  the Company shall issue and sell to
the   Representative,   at  a  purchase   price  of  $0.001  per  Warrant,   the
Representative's  Warrants.  The Representative's  Warrants shall be exercisable
for a period of four (4) years  commencing  one (1) year from the Effective Date
at an initial  exercise  price equal to one  hundred  ten percent  (110%) of the
initial public offering price of the Firm Stock. The  Representative's  Warrants
shall be issued  pursuant to the terms and  provisions  of the  Representative's
Warrant  Agreement  substantially  in the form of the  Representative's  Warrant
Agreement   filed  as   Exhibit   4.4  to  the   Registration   Statement   (the
"Representative's Warrant Agreement").

         4.  Offering.  You are to make a public  offering  of the Firm Stock as
soon, on or after the effective date of the Registration  Statement, as you deem
it advisable  so to do. The Firm Stock is to be initially  offered to the public
at the  initial  public  offering  price  set  forth  on the  cover  page of the
Prospectus (such price being herein called the "public offering price"). You may
from time to time  increase  or  decrease  the public  offering  price after the
initial public offering to such extent as you may determine.

         5.  Covenants of the Company.

             The Company covenants that it will:

             (a) Use its best  efforts to cause the  Registration  Statement  to
become  effective  and will  notify you  immediately,  and confirm the notice in
writing, (i) when the Registration  Statement,  or any post-effective  amendment
thereto, shall have become effective,  (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of
any stop order or of the initiation or the  threatening of any  proceedings  for
that purpose,  and (iii) of the receipt of any comments by the  Commission.  The
Company  will prepare and timely file with the  Commission  under Rule 424(b) of
the Regulations a Prospectus  containing  information  previously omitted on the
Effective Date in reliance of Rule 430A of the Regulations. The Company will use
its  best  efforts  to  prevent  the  issuance  of any stop  order or any  order
preventing or  suspending  the use of the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus
and,  if such order is issued,  to obtain the  lifting  thereof as  promptly  as
possible.

                                       11

<PAGE>

             (b) During the time when a  prospectus  is required to be delivered
under the Act, comply so far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it
by the Act, as now and hereafter amended,  and by the Regulations,  as from time
to time in force,  so far as necessary to permit the  continuance of sales or of
dealings  in the Firm  Stock and the  Additional  Stock in  accordance  with the
provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus relating
to the Firm Stock or the Additional  Stock is required to be delivered under the
Act any event  shall  have  occurred  as a result of  which,  in the  reasonable
opinion of counsel for the Company or your counsel,  the Registration  Statement
or Prospectus as then amended or supplemented  includes an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated  therein
or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made,  not  misleading,  or it is necessary at any time to
amend or supplement the Registration  Statement or Prospectus to comply with the
Act,  the  Company  will  notify  you  promptly  and  prepare  and file with the
Commission  an  appropriate   amendment  or  supplement   (in  form   reasonably
satisfactory to you).

             (c)  Deliver  to you such  number  of  copies  of each  Preliminary
Prospectus as you may reasonably  request and,  deliver to you two signed copies
of the  Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits,  and  all  post-effective
amendments thereto and such number of copies of the Prospectus, the Registration
Statement and amendments and supplements  thereto, if any, without exhibits,  as
you may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the Act.

             (1) Endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with you, at or prior to
the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Firm Stock
and  the  Additional  Stock  for  offering  or sale of the  Firm  Stock  and the
Additional Stock of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably designate; provided
that no such  qualification  shall be required in any  jurisdiction  where, as a
result  thereof,  the Company would be subject to service of general  process or
would be required to become  qualified  to do business as a foreign  corporation
doing  business  in  such   jurisdiction.   In  each   jurisdiction   where  the
qualification  of the Firm Stock and  Additional  Stock shall be  effected,  the
Company will,  unless you agree that such action is not at the time necessary or
advisable,  file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may
be reasonably required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

             (2) Make  generally  available to its  security  holders and to the
Representative  as soon as  practicable,  but not later than the last day of the
fifteenth  full  calendar  month  following  the  Effective  Date,  an  earnings
statement  (which need not be certified by independent  auditors unless required
by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Section
ll(a) of the Act)  covering a period of at least twelve months  beginning  after
the Effective Date.

                                       12

<PAGE>

             (d) For a period of 180 days after the Effective  Date,  not issue,
sell, contract to sell, grant an option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of the Company (or any shares
of securities  convertible into or exercisable for such Common Stock) other than
the Firm Stock and  Additional  Stock being sold by the  Company and  securities
issued pursuant to the Company's employee benefit plans or as otherwise referred
to in the Prospectus, without your prior written consent.

             (3) For a  period  of five  years  from the  effective  date of the
Registration Statement, furnish you the following:

                  (i) as soon as practicable after they have been filed with the
Commission,  two copies of each  annual,  quarterly  and current  report on Form
10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K (to the extent the Company shall be required to file
such reports  pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and
the rules and regulations  thereunder  (collectively the "Exchange Act") and, as
soon as  practicable  after they have been sent by the  Company to its  security
holders,  two copies of any  communications  sent by it to its  public  security
holders generally;

                  (ii) as soon as practicable, two copies of every press release
and every  material  news item and  article  with  respect to the Company or its
affairs which was released by the Company; and

                  (iii)   such   additional   non-confidential   documents   and
information  with respect to the Company and its affairs as you may from time to
time reasonably request.

             (4)  Apply  the net  proceeds  from the  offering  received  by the
Company in the manner set forth under "Use of  Proceeds" in the  Prospectus  and
comply with Rule 463 under the Act.

             (5)  Furnish to you as early as  practicable  prior to the  Closing
Date and Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, but no later than two full
business days prior thereto,  a copy of the latest available  unaudited  interim
financial  statements  of the Company,  if any,  which have been reviewed by the
Company's  independent  auditors,  as stated in their  letters  to be  furnished
pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof.

             (6) Not  file  any  amendment  or  supplement  to the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus  after the Effective Date to which you shall  reasonably
object in writing after being furnished a copy thereof.

             (e) If any action or proceeding shall be brought by you in order to
enforce any right or remedy under this  Agreement,  the Company hereby  consents
to, and agrees  that it will  submit to, the  jurisdiction  of the courts of the
State of New York and of any Federal court sitting in the United States District
Court for the Southern  District of New York. The Company agrees that process in
any such action or proceeding may be served in that manner  provided by New York
law for service on foreign corporations.

                                       13

<PAGE>


             (f) Comply with all registration, filing and reporting requirements
of the Exchange Act which may from time to time be applicable to the Company.

             (g) Make all filings  required,  including  registration  under the
Exchange Act, to obtain and keep the quotation of its Common Stock in The Nasdaq
National  Market,  and effect and maintain  such  quotation  and listing for the
Common Stock for at least five (5) years from the date of this Agreement.

             (h)  Maintain  its  publication  in  Standard & Poors  Corporations
Manual and  continue  to be  included in such Manual for at least five (5) years
from the Effective Date.

             (7)  Not  later  than  three  months  following  the  date  of this
Agreement,  cause to be  delivered  to you and to your  counsel,  Parker  Duryee
Rosoff & Haft, four (4) bound volumes containing therein all filings,  including
exhibits,   and  correspondence  to  and  from  the  Commission,   the  National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")  and all  states  or other
jurisdictions concerning the offering of the Firm Stock,  underwriting documents
and closing documents, plus any other relevant material.

             (8) For a period of three (3) years from the Closing  Date,  engage
your designee as an advisor (the "Advisor") to the Company's Board of Directors.
The Advisor  shall be permitted to attend  meetings of the Board and each of its
committees  and  receive  no  more  or  less  compensation  as is  equal  to the
entitlement of the Directors  including,  without  limitation,  all compensation
payable to Directors as members of the  committees of the Board or in connection
with any other Board activities; provided, however, that the Company may require
as a condition precedent that any such Advisor shall agree to hold in confidence
and trust and to act in a  fiduciary  manner  with  respect to all  information,
including,  but not limited to, trade secrets,  so received during such meetings
and may require  that such  Advisor sign a  confidentiality  agreement  with the
Company;  and,  provided,  further,  that the Company  reserves the right not to
provide  information  and to exclude  such  Advisor  from any meeting or portion
thereof if  attendance at such meeting by such Advisor or  dissemination  of any
information at such meeting to such Advisor would compromise or adversely affect
the attorney-client  privilege between the Company and its counsel, or would, in
the good faith  judgment  of the Board of  Directors,  result in a  conflict  of
interest  situation.  The Company shall use its  reasonable  efforts to promptly
bring to the  attention of such Advisor any agenda item that,  in the good faith
judgment  of the  Board  of  Directors,  would  result  in such a trade  secret,
privileged matter or conflict of interest and the Board of Directors may exclude
such Advisor (or alternatively, the Advisor shall be entitled to exclude himself
or  herself)  from any  deliberation  or  discussion  of the Board of  Directors
concerning such trade secret (if the Advisor has not executed a  confidentiality
agreement),  privileged matter or conflict of interest matter and as a recipient
in the dissemination of any such information. If such Advisor in his or her good
faith  judgment  believes that an item to be discussed by the Board of Directors
would result in any conflict of interest, such Advisor shall promptly bring such
conflict to the  attention of the  Chairman of the Board.  In no event shall any
provision of this  paragraph  waive any  obligation  of  confidentiality  to the
Company owed by any such Advisor or the Representative. In addition, the Advisor
shall be entitled to receive  reimbursement for all reasonable costs incurred in
attending  such  meetings  including,  but not limited to,  food,  lodging,  and
transportation;  such costs to be subject to approval of the Company  which will
not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       14

<PAGE>

             (9) For a period of three (3) years from the  Closing  Date,  there
will be no less than four (4) formal, "in person" or "telephonic"  meetings,  of
the Company's Board of Directors in each such year at which meetings the Advisor
shall be permitted to attend or  participate,  as the case may be in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 5(p);  said meetings shall be held quarterly each
year and ten (10) days' advance  notice of such  meetings  shall be given to the
Advisor.  The Advisor shall receive  notice of special  meetings of the Board of
Directors at the same time and manner as the members of the Board.

             (10)  Indemnify  and  hold  the   Representative  and  the  Advisor
harmless,  to the full extent  allowed by applicable  laws,  against any and all
claims,  actions,  awards and judgments arising solely out of the attendance and
participation  of the Advisor at any meeting  described  in Section 5(p) of this
Agreement.  In the event the  Company  maintains a  liability  insurance  policy
affording  coverage  for the acts of its  officers  and  directors,  the Company
agrees, if possible, to include the Representative and the Advisor as an insured
under such policy.

             (11) Establish and maintain during the period that the Common Stock
is listed on The Nasdaq National Market,  an independent  audit and compensation
committee of the Company's  Board of Directors,  which  committee shall meet the
requirements of The Nasdaq National Stock Market.

             (i) The Amendment  amends the financial  consulting  agreement (the
"Financial  Consulting  Agreement")  between the  Representative and the Company
dated as of October 7, 1997.

         6.  Payment of Expenses.

             (1)  The  Company  hereby  agrees  to  pay,   whether  or  not  the
transactions  contemplated  hereunder are consummated,  all expenses (other than
fees of your counsel,  except as provided in (iv) below) in connection  with (i)
the preparation,  printing, filing and mailing of the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus,  including the cost of all copies thereof and of the Preliminary
Prospectus  and of the  Prospectus  and any  amendments or  supplements  thereto
supplied to you in quantities as hereinabove stated, (ii) the issuance, transfer
and delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock,  including any transfer
or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) printing of this Agreement,  the Agreement
Among   Underwriters,   the  Selected  Dealer   Agreement,   the   Underwriters'
Questionnaire,  the Power of Attorney and the certificates evidencing the Common
Stock,  (iv) the  qualification of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock under
state or foreign  securities  or Blue Sky laws,  including the costs of printing
and mailing the "Blue Sky Survey,"  and the fees of counsel to the  Underwriters
and  disbursements  in  connection  therewith,  (v) filing  fees  payable to the
Commission,  the NASD, the Boston Stock Exchange and The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
(vi) arranging and holding due diligence meetings with prospective  underwriters
and  selected  dealers,  (vii)  reasonable  travel and  lodging  incurred by the
Representative  and its counsel in connection with meetings  outside of New York
City,   (viii)  tombstone   advertising  not  exceeding  $14,000  and  (ix)  the
preparation, production and delivery of plaques and bound volumes.

                                       15

<PAGE>

             (b) The Company  further  agrees that,  in addition to the expenses
payable  pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  of  this  Section  6,  will  pay  to the
Representative a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to two percent (1.5%)
of the gross proceeds received by the Company and the Selling  Shareholders from
the sale of Firm Stock,  of which $25,000 has been paid to date, and the Company
will pay the balance on the Closing Date by certified  or bank  cashier's  check
or, at the election of the Representative, by deduction from the proceeds of the
offering  contemplated herein. The Selling Shareholders agree that they will pay
to the  Representative  a  non-accountable  expense  allowance equal to one half
percent (.5%) of the gross proceeds  received by such Selling  Shareholders from
the sale of the Additional Stock on the Additional  Closing Date by certified or
bank  cashier's  check or, at the election of the  Representative,  by deduction
from the proceeds of the offering contemplated herein.

         7.  Conditions  of Your  Obligations.  The  obligation  of the  several
Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Firm Stock and the Additional
Stock, as provided  herein,  shall be subject to the continuing  accuracy in all
material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the
date hereof and as of the Closing Date (or the  Additional  Closing Dare, as the
case may be), to the performance by the Company in all material  respects of its
obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 5:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or such
later  date and time as shall be  consented  to in  writing  by you and,  at the
Closing  Date  and  Additional  Closing  Date,  no  stop  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, shall
have  been  issued  or  proceeding  therefor  initiated  or  threatened  by  the
Commission;

                  (b) At the Effective Date, the Closing Date and the Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, you shall have received the favorable  opinion
of Gallop,  Johnson & Neuman, L.C., counsel for the Company, dated the Effective
Date,  the Closing  Date or the  Additional  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,
addressed to the Underwriters  and in form and scope  satisfactory to counsel of
the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
                                       16

<PAGE>

                  (i)  each  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  (A)  is a
corporation  duly  organized  and  validly  existing  as a  corporation  in good
standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation  and (B) has
full corporate power and authority and all necessary authorizations,  approvals,
orders,  licenses,  certificates  and  permits  of  and  from  all  governmental
regulatory  officials  and  bodies  to own its  properties  and to  conduct  its
business as now being conducted as described in the  Prospectus;  to the best of
such counsel's  knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries has
received any notice of proceedings  related to the revocation or modification of
any authorization,  approval, order, license, certificate,  franchise, or permit
issued to any of them which,  singly or in the  aggregate,  if the subject of an
unfavorable decision,  ruling or finding,  would have a Material Adverse Effect;
nothing has come to the  attention  of such counsel that would lead such counsel
to  believe  that the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole  are not
conducting their business in all material respects in compliance with applicable
federal,  state and local laws,  rules and  regulations;  the disclosures in the
Registration  Statement concerning the effects of federal, state and local laws,
rules  and  regulations  on the  Company's  and the  Subsidiaries'  business  as
currently  conducted  (or as  proposed  in  the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus to be conducted) are correct in all material respects and do not omit
to  state  a fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  contained  therein  not
misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made;

                  (ii)  each  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  is  duly
qualified as a foreign  corporation and in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which its  ownership  or  leasing of  property  or the  conduct of its  business
requires such  qualification,  except where the failure to be so qualified would
not have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (iii) the Company owns of record, directly or indirectly,  all
of the  capital  stock of each of the  Subsidiaries;  all such shares of capital
stock so owned are validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and nonassessable
and, to the knowledge of such counsel after inquiry, are owned free and clear of
any liens, encumbrances or other claims or restrictions whatsoever;

                  (iv) the Company has  authorized and  outstanding  the capital
stock as set forth in the  Prospectus;  all the issued shares of Common Stock of
the  Company,  including  the  Additional  Stock,  have  been  duly and  validly
authorized and issued and to, the knowledge of such counsel after  inquiry,  are
fully  paid;  all  the  issued  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  are
nonassessable;  none of the  issued  shares  of  Common  Stock  of the  Company,
including the Additional Stock, nor the Firm Stock are subject to any preemptive
rights;  the Firm Stock, the Additional Stock and the other capital stock of the
Company conform as to legal matters to the description  thereof  contained under
the caption "Description of Securities" in the Prospectus;

                  (v)  the   Representative's   Warrant   Stock  has  been  duly
authorized  and  reserved  for  issuance  and,  when  issued  and  delivered  in
accordance with the terms of the Representative's Warrant Agreement will be duly
and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

                  (vi) the Company and, to the  knowledge of such counsel  after
inquiry,  the Selling  Shareholders  have conveyed to the Underwriters  good and
valid title to the Firm Stock and  Additional  Stock,  as the case may be, being
sold hereunder,  free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances,  security interests
and claims  whatsoever;  the Firm Stock and Additional Stock as the case may be,
shall be validly  issued and fully paid and  nonassessable  when issued and paid
for in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Agreement,  and the  certificates
evidencing the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock are in due and proper form;

                                       17

<PAGE>


                  (vii) this Agreement,  the Representative's  Warrant Agreement
and the  Amendment  to the  Financial  Consulting  Agreement  have been duly and
validly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Company and each is a valid
and binding  agreement of the Company  enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except insofar as indemnification and contribution  provisions may be limited by
applicable law (including, but not limited to, Federal or state securities laws)
or  equitable  principles,  and  except  as  enforceability  may be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws  affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles;

                  (viii)  to  the  knowledge  of  such  counsel,  there  are  no
contracts or other  documents  which are required to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement,  as it may then be amended or supplemented,  or required
to be described in the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus as it may then be
amended or supplemented that are not filed or described as required;

                  (ix) to the knowledge of such counsel after inquiry, there are
no legal or governmental  proceedings pending or, threatened against the Company
or any of the  Subsidiaries,  and no statutes or  regulations  applicable to the
Company or any of the  Subsidiaries,  of a  character  that are  required  to be
disclosed in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  which have not been so
disclosed and properly described therein;

                  (x)  the   statements  in  the   Registration   Statement  and
Prospectus,  insofar as they are descriptions of contracts,  agreements or other
documents,  or refer to statements of law or legal conclusions,  are accurate in
all material  respects and present fairly the  information  required to be shown
with respect to such contracts, agreements or other documents;

                  (xi)  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  the
Representative's Warrant Agreement and the Amendment to the Financial Consulting
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions  contemplated in this Agreement,
the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  and the  Amendment  to the  Financial
Consulting  Agreement,  and  compliance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  the
Representative's Warrant Agreement and the Amendment to the Financial Consulting
Agreement do not and will not (A) conflict  with or result in a breach of any of
the terms or  provisions  of, or  constitute  a default  (or an event which with
notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  a default  or  acceleration)
under,  or  result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of  any  lien,  charge  or
encumbrance  upon any  material  property or assets of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries  pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument known to such
counsel  and to which the  Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of the
material  properties  or assets of the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  is
subject,  or any  statute or any order,  rule or  regulation  applicable  to the
Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  of any court or of any  Federal,  state or
other regulatory  authority or other governmental body having  jurisdiction over
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries (provided, however, that such counsel may
render  such  opinion  on  state  (other  than  Missouri),  regulatory  or other
governmental bodies, to such counsel's knowledge) or (B) result in any violation
of  provisions of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  by-laws or other charter
documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries;

                                       18

<PAGE>

                  (xii)  no  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of any
court  or  governmental  agency  or body is  required  in  connection  with  the
consummation  of  the   transactions   contemplated   by  this  Agreement,   the
Representative's Warrant Agreement and the Amendment to the Financial Consulting
Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made or as may be required under
the Act or state securities or Blue Sky laws;

                  (xiii) (A) neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries is
in  violation  of any term or provision  of its  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
by-laws or other charter documents; (B) to such counsel's knowledge, neither the
Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is currently in material  breach of, or in
material default (nor has an event occurred which with notice,  lapse of time or
both  would  constitute  such a  material  default  or  acceleration)  under any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, note, bank loan or credit agreement or (in
any respect that is material in light of the financial  condition of the Company
and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole) any other agreement or instrument, known
to such counsel after inquiry,  to which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries
is a party or by which  either of them or any of their  property may be bound or
affected,  or to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  in  violation  of any  franchise,
license,  permit,  judgment,  decree, order, statute, rule or regulation,  which
violation  would  have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  and (C) to such  counsel's
knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries has received notice
of  conflict  with  the  asserted  rights  of  others  in  respect  of  patents,
trademarks, service marks and rights necessary for the conduct of its business;

                  (xiv)  the  Company  has  the  right  to  operate  all  of its
facilities  in their present  locations  and the operation of its  facilities in
such locations as described in the Prospectus does not violate the provisions of
any lease with respect thereto to which the Company is a party;

                  (xv) the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and any
amendments or supplements thereto (other than the financial statements and other
financial and statistical data included therein,  as to which no opinion need be
rendered)  comply as to form in all material  respects with the  requirements of
the Act and the  Regulations  and  nothing  has  come to the  attention  of such
counsel which would lead them to believe that the Registration  Statement or the
Prospectus,  as amended or supplemented,  if amended or supplemented (other than
the  financial  statements  and other  financial and  statistical  data included
therein as to which no opinion need be rendered)  contains any untrue  statement
of a  material  fact or omits to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; and


                                       19

<PAGE>


                  (xvi) the  Registration  Statement is effective under the Act,
and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no proceedings for a stop order are
pending or threatened under the Act.

                  In rendering  the  opinions set forth above,  such counsel may
rely upon  certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials as to
matters of fact. In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may rely on such
other  counsel as it deems  advisable;  provided  that such counsel  shall state
that, in such counsel's  opinion,  you are justified in relying on such opinions
of such other  counsel.  Copies of all such opinions and  certificates  shall be
furnished to your counsel on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as
the case may be.

                  (1) On or prior to the Closing Date and the Additional Closing
Date,  as the case  may be,  you  shall  have  been  furnished  such  documents,
certificates  and  opinions  as you may  reasonably  require  for the purpose of
enabling you to review the matters referred to in subsection (b) of this Section
7, and in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of
the representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

                  (c) Prior to the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date,
as the case may be, (i) there shall have been no material  adverse change in the
business, properties, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise),
affairs or prospects,  of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  from that as of the
latest  date  as of  which  such  condition  is set  forth  in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus; (ii) there shall have been no transaction,  not in the
ordinary  course of business,  entered into by the Company or the  Subsidiaries,
from the latest date as of which the financial  condition of the Company and the
Subsidiaries is set forth in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  other
than transactions referred to or contemplated therein or to which you have given
your written consent; (iii) neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries shall be in
default (nor shall an event have occurred which,  with notice,  or lapse of time
or both would constitute a default or acceleration)  under any provision of, any
agreement,  understanding or instrument  relating to any  indebtedness;  (iv) no
material amount of the  consolidated  assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries
shall have been pledged or  mortgaged,  except as set forth in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus;  and (v) no action,  suit or proceeding,  at law or in
equity, shall have been pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened
against the Company or the Subsidiaries, or affecting any of their properties or
business  before  or by any  court or  federal,  state  or other  jurisdictional
commission,   board  or  other  administrative  agency  wherein  an  unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding  would  materially  adversely  affect the business,
operations,  prospects or  financial  condition or income of the Company and the
Subsidiaries, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                  (d) At the Closing Date and  Additional  Closing  Date, as the
case may be,  you shall  have  received  a  certificate  of the Chief  Executive
Officer and the Chief Financial  Officer of the Company,  dated the Closing Date
and  Additional  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, (i) to the effect  that the
conditions  set forth in  subsections  (a) and (d) above have been satisfied and
(ii) as to the accuracy,  as of the Closing Date and Additional Closing Date, as
the case may be, of the  representations and warranties of the Company set forth
in Section 2 (a) hereof.

                                       20

<PAGE>


                  (e) At the time this  Agreement is executed and at the Closing
Date and Additional  Closing Date, as the case may be, you shall have received a
letter,  addressed  to you in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to you in all
respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any,
referred in to clause (iii) below), from BDO Seidman,  LLP, dated as of the date
of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and Additional Closing Date, as the
case may be:

                       (i) confirming that they are independent accountants with
                  respect to the  Company  within the meaning of the Act and the
                  applicable published Regulations;

                       (ii)  stating  that  in  their  opinion,   the  financial
                  statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries included in the
                  Registration  Statement  examined by them comply as to form in
                  all  material   respects   with  the   applicable   accounting
                  requirements of the Act and the published Regulations;

                       (iii) stating  that, on the basis of procedures  (but not
                  an  audit  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
                  standards),  which included a reading of the latest  available
                  unaudited  consolidated  interim  financial  statements of the
                  Company and the  Subsidiaries  (with an indication of the date
                  of  the   latest   available   unaudited   interim   financial
                  statements),  a reading of the latest available minutes of the
                  stockholders  and board of  directors  of the  Company and the
                  Subsidiaries  and  committees  of such boards and inquiries to
                  certain  officers  and other  employees of the Company and the
                  Subsidiaries  responsible for financial and accounting matters
                  and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come
                  to their  attention  that would cause them to believe that (A)
                  the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company
                  and the Subsidiaries  included in the  Registration  Statement
                  (i) do not comply as to form in all material respects with the
                  applicable accounting requirements of the Act and Regulations,
                  or (ii) were not fairly presented in conformity with generally
                  accepted  accounting   principles  on  a  basis  substantially
                  consistent  with  that  of the  audited  financial  statements
                  included in the Registration Statement; (B) at the date of the
                  latest  available  interim  financial   statements  and  at  a
                  specified  date not more than  five days  prior to the date of
                  such letter, there was any change in long-term debt or capital
                  stock of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  as compared  with
                  the amounts  shown in the July 31, 1997  consolidated  balance
                  sheet of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  included in the
                  Registration Statement and Prospectus, other than as set forth
                  in  or   contemplated  by  the   Registration   Statement  and
                  Prospectus,  or, if there was any  change,  setting  forth the
                  amount of such change;  or (C) during the period from July 31,
                  1997 to a specified  date not more than five days prior to the
                  date of such letter,  there was any decrease in revenues or in
                  
                                       21

<PAGE>


                  operating  income,  net  income or net income per share of the
                  Company   and  its   Subsidiaries,   as   compared   with  the
                  corresponding  period in the preceding year, other than as set
                  forth in or  contemplated  by the  Registration  Statement and
                  Prospectus,  or,  if  there  was  any  decrease  or  increase,
                  respectively,  setting  forth the amount of such  decrease  or
                  increase; and

                           (iv) stating that they have compared  specific dollar
                  amounts, numbers of shares,  percentages of dollar amounts and
                  shares and other  information  pertaining  to the  Company set
                  forth in the  Prospectus,  which  have been  specified  by you
                  prior to the date of this  Agreement,  to the extent that such
                  amounts,  numbers,  percentages  and other  information may be
                  derived from the general accounting records of the Company and
                  excluding any questions  requiring an  interpretation by legal
                  counsel,  with the results  obtained from the  application  of
                  specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures
                  (which   procedures  do  not   constitute  an  examination  in
                  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing  standards) set
                  forth in the letter, and found them to be in agreement.

                  (f) All  proceedings  taken in connection with the sale of the
Firm  Stock and the  Additional  Stock as herein  contemplated  shall  have been
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel.

                  (g) The Company  shall have  furnished  to the  Representative
such further  certificates  and documents  confirming  the  representations  and
warranties  contained herein,  the performance of covenants prior to the Closing
Date and the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and related matters as
the Representative may reasonably have requested.

                  (h) There shall have been duly  tendered  to you  certificates
representing  all the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock,  as the case may be,
agreed to be sold by the  Company and the  Selling  Shareholders  on the Closing
Date and the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

                  (i) Each  Selling  Shareholder  shall  have  furnished  to the
Representative at the Additional Closing Date, if any, a certificate,  dated the
Additional  Closing  Date,  signed  by such  Selling  Shareholder  in  form  and
substance   satisfactory  to  the   Representative,   to  the  effect  that  the
representations,  warranties  and  agreements  of such  Selling  Shareholder  in
Section  2 (b)  hereof  were  when  originally  made  and are at the  time  such
certificate is dated true and correct and such Selling  Shareholder has complied
with all of such Selling Shareholder's agreements contained herein.

                  (j) No order  suspending  the  sale of the  Firm  Stock or the
Additional  Stock,  as the case may be, in any  jurisdiction  designated  by you
pursuant to  subsection  (d) of Section 5 hereof,  shall have been issued on the
Closing  Date or the  Additional  Closing  Date,  as the  case  may  be,  and no
proceedings  for that purpose shall have been instituted or to your knowledge or
that of the Company shall be contemplated.

                  (k) At the  Additional  Closing  Date,  if any, you shall have
received the favorable  opinion of Gallop,  Johnson & Newman,  L.C.  counsel for
each  of  the  Selling  Shareholders,  with  respect  to  each  of  the  Selling
Shareholders, dated the Additional Closing Date, if any, addressed to you and in
form and scope satisfactory to your counsel, to the effect that:

                                       22

<PAGE>


                       (i) A Power of Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been
duly authorized (where such Selling Shareholder is not an individual),  executed
and  delivered  by each Selling  Shareholder  and  constitute  valid and binding
agreements  of such Selling  Shareholder  in  accordance  with their  respective
terms,  except as  enforceability  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally
or by general equitable principles;

                       (ii) This Agreement has been duly authorized  (where such
Selling  Shareholder  is not an  individual),  executed  and  delivered by or on
behalf of each Selling Shareholder and constitutes a valid and binding agreement
of such Selling Shareholder  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
rights to indemnity and contribution  hereunder may be limited by the securities
laws of the United  States and except as such  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization or similar laws or equitable principles
affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally;  and the sale of the
Firm  Stock  and the  Additional  Stock to be sold by each  Selling  Shareholder
hereunder and the performance of this  Agreement,  the Power of Attorney and the
Custody  Agreement and the consummation of the  transactions  herein and therein
contemplated  will not  conflict  with or result in a breach or violation of any
terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or give rise to rights of
termination  under,  any  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  voting  trust
agreement, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel
to  which  such  Selling  Shareholder  is a  party  or  by  which  such  Selling
Shareholder  or any of such  Selling  Shareholder's  properties  is  bound,  the
articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws if such Selling Shareholder
(if such Selling  Shareholder is a corporation),  the  partnership  agreement of
such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a partnership),  or any
applicable  law,  rule or  regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any court,
government or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over such Selling
Shareholder or the property of such Selling Shareholder;

                       (iii) Except for the order of the  Commission  making the
Registration  Statement  effective  (which is in effect)  and permits or similar
authorization  required  under  the  securities  or Blue  Sky  laws  of  certain
jurisdictions  and by the  NASD  (as to  which  such  counsel  need  express  no
opinion),  no  consent,  approval,  authorization,   license  or  order  of  any
regulatory body,  administrative  agency or other  governmental  body is legally
required for the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement by the
Selling Shareholders,  other than any such consents, approvals,  authorizations,
licenses, and orders as have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

                       (iv) To the  knowledge  of such  counsel  after  inquiry,
immediately  prior  to  the  Additional  Closing  Date,  if  any,  such  Selling
Shareholder had good and valid title to the Firm Stock and the Additional  Stock
to be sold by such Selling  Shareholder under this Agreement,  free and clear of
all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, and full right, power and authority
to sell,  assign,  transfer and deliver the Additional  Stock to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder hereunder; and

                                       23

<PAGE>


                       (v) To the knowledge of such counsel after inquiry,  good
and valid title to the Firm Stock and the  Additional  Stock sold by the Selling
Shareholders, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, has
been  transferred  to the  Representative  who has purchased such Firm Stock and
Additional Stock in good faith and without notice of any such lien, encumbrance,
equity or claim or any other  adverse  claim  within the  meaning of the Uniform
Commercial Code.

                  In rendering the opinion of clause (iv), such counsel may rely
upon a  certificate  of such  Selling  Shareholder  as to  matters of fact as to
ownership of and liens,  encumbrances,  equities or claims on the Firm Stock and
the  Additional  Stock  sold by such  Selling  Shareholder,  provided  that such
counsel shall state that they believe that both the  Representative and they are
justified in relying upon such certificate.

                  (l) Any certificate  signed by any duly authorized  officer of
the Company in such  capacity  and  delivered  to you or your  counsel  shall be
deemed a representation  and warranty by the Company to you as to the statements
made  therein.  If any condition to your  obligations  hereunder to be fulfilled
prior to or at the Closing Date or the Additional  Closing Date, as the case may
be, is not so fulfilled,  you may terminate  this Agreement or, if you so elect,
waive any such  conditions  which have not been fulfilled or extend the time for
their fulfillment.

         8.    Indemnification.

                  (a) Subject to the  conditions  set forth  below,  the Company
agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each of the  Underwriters,  each of the
officers and directors of the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls
any Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of
the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
whatsoever  (including,  but  not  limited  to any and  all  expense  whatsoever
reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,  preparing  or  defending  against  any
litigation,  commenced or  threatened,  or any claim  whatsoever)("collectively,
"Damages")  arising  out of or based  upon (i) the  inaccuracy  or breach of any
representation  or warranty of the Company or the breach of any covenant made by
the Company in this  Agreement or (ii) any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact contained (x) in any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  (as from time to time  amended  and
supplemented)  or (y) in any  application  or other document (in this Section 8,
collectively  called  "Application")  executed by or on behalf of the Company or
based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in
any  jurisdiction  in order to qualify  the Firm Stock or the  Additional  Stock
under the Blue Sky or  securities  laws thereof or filed with the  Commission or
any securities exchange, such as the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Boston Stock
Exchange, or (iii) the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading;  unless such  statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in

                                       24

<PAGE>


conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the
Underwriters  by or on  behalf  of  any  Underwriter  expressly  for  use in the
Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  or  any
amendment or supplement  thereof,  or in any Application or in any communication
to the  Commission,  as the case may be. With respect to any Damages arising out
of or based upon any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement made in, or
omission or alleged  omission from, any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the indemnity
agreement  contained  in this  Section  8(a) with  respect  to such  Preliminary
Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of the Underwriters (or the benefit of
any person controlling any Underwriter), if the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as
amended or supplemented if the Company shall have made any amendments thereof or
supplements  thereto which shall have been furnished to you prior to the time of
confirmation of such sale) does not contain such statement,  alleged  statement,
omission or alleged  omission,  a sufficient number of copies of such Prospectus
were provided to the  Underwriters  and a copy of such Prospectus shall not have
been  sent or given to the  person  asserting  such  Damages  at or prior to the
written confirmation of such sale to such person.

                  (b)  Each  Selling  Shareholder  agrees,   severally  and  not
jointly,  that it will indemnify and hold harmless the  Representative,  each of
the officers and directors of the  Representative,  and each person, if any, who
controls  the  Representative  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the Act or
Section 20 of the  Exchange  Act,  and each of them,  to the same  extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Underwriters,  but only with respect
to (i)  statements  or  omissions  made in the  Registration  Statement  (or any
amendment  thereto)  or a  Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  (or  any
amendment or  supplement  thereto)  made in reliance on and in  conformity  with
information relating to such Selling Shareholder  furnished to the Company by or
on  behalf  of  such  Selling   Shareholder   expressly  for  inclusion  in  the
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or a Preliminary Prospectus or
the   Prospectus   (or  any   amendment  or   supplement   thereto),   and  (ii)
representations and warranties of such Selling Shareholder  contained in Section
2(b) of this Agreement or contained in certificates of such Selling  Shareholder
submitted pursuant to Section 7(n) of this Agreement. Such Selling Shareholder's
obligation  to indemnify  the  Representative  shall be limited to the amount of
proceeds (net of the Representative's  discount) of the sale of Additional Stock
sold by such  Selling  Shareholder.  The  Representative  acknowledges  that the
statements  set forth under the  heading  "Principal  and Selling  Stockholders"
(insofar  as  such  information  relates  to  any  Selling  Shareholder)  in any
Preliminary  Prospectus  and the  Prospectus  constitute  the  only  information
relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
such Selling Shareholder expressly for inclusion in the Registration  Statement.
The  indemnity  agreement  contained  in this Section 8(b) is in addition to any
liability that each Selling Shareholder may otherwise have to the Representative
or any controlling person of the Underwriter.

                  (c) Each  Underwriter,  severally  and not jointly,  agrees to
indemnify and hold  harmless the Company,  each of the directors of the Company,
each of the  officers  of the  Company  who shall have  signed the  Registration
Statement  and each other  person,  if any, who controls the Company  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the  Exchange  Act for all
Damages  with respect to  statements  or  omissions,  or alleged  statements  or
omissions, if any, made in any Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement or
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Application in reliance
upon, and in conformity with, written information  furnished to the Company with
respect to the  Underwriters  by or on behalf of any  Underwriter for use in any
Preliminary  Prospectus,   the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or  any
amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, as the case may be.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                  (d) The Representative  agrees that it will indemnify and hold
harmless each Selling  Shareholder against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,
damage, expense or action, joint or several, to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity  from the  Underwriters  to the  Company  but  only  with  respect  to
statements  or omissions  made in the  Registration  Statement (or any amendment
thereto) or a  Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  (or any amendment or
supplement  thereto)  in  reliance  upon  and  in  conformity  with  information
furnished in writing by the  Representative  to the Company expressly for use in
the Registration  Statement (or any amendment thereto).  The indemnity agreement
contained  in this  Section  8(d) is in  addition  to any  liability  which  the
Representative  may  otherwise  have to the  Selling  Shareholders.  The Selling
Shareholders  acknowledge  that the  statements  set  forth  under  the  heading
"Underwriting"  (insofar as such information  relates to the Representative) and
in the last paragraph of text on the outside front cover page of any Preliminary
Prospectus  and the  Prospectus  constitute  the only  information  furnished in
writing  by the  Representative  expressly  for  inclusion  in the  Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

                  (e) If any action is  brought  against  an  indemnified  party
under subsection (a) or (b) above (the "Indemnified  Party") in respect of which
indemnity may be sought against the  indemnifying  party under subsection (a) or
(b) above (the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  such Indemnifying  Party shall promptly
notify in writing the party or parties  against  whom  indemnification  is to be
sought of the  institution  of such action and the  Indemnifying  Parties  shall
assume  the  defense  of  such  action,  including  the  employment  of  counsel
(reasonably  satisfactory  to such  Indemnified  Party) and payment of expenses.
Such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ it or their own counsel in
any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
of such Indemnified  Party unless the employment of such counsel shall have been
authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the defense
of such action or the  Indemnifying  Parties shall not have employed  counsel to
have charge of the defense of such action or such  Indemnified  Party or parties
shall have  reasonably  concluded  that there may be defenses  available  to the
Indemnifying Parties which are different or additional to those available to the
Indemnifying  Parties (in which case the Indemnifying Parties shall not have the
right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the Indemnified Party or
Parties),  in any of which events such fees and  expenses  shall be borne by the
Indemnifying   Parties.   Anything   in   this   paragraph   to   the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the Indemnifying  Party shall not be liable for any settlement
of  any  such  claim  or  action  effected  without  its  written  consent.  The
Indemnifying  Party  agrees  promptly  to notify  the  Indemnified  Party of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against the Indemnifying Party or
any of its officers or directors  in  connection  with the issue and sale of the
Firm  Stock and the  Additional  Stock or in  connection  with such  Preliminary
Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any such Application.

                                       26

<PAGE>


                  (f) If the  indemnification  provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified  Party in respect of
any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or  actions in respect  thereof)
referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable to such  Indemnified  Party as a result of such losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) in such proportion as is
appropriate  to reflect the  relative  benefits  received by the Company and the
Selling  Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the
offering of the Firm Stock and Additional  Stock.  If,  however,  the allocation
provided by the  immediately  preceding  sentence is not permitted by applicable
law or if the Indemnified Party failed to give the notice required above in this
Section 8, then each Indemnifying  Party shall contribute to such amount paid or
payable  by such  Indemnified  Party in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to
reflect  not only such  relative  benefits  but also the  relative  fault of the
Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other in  connection  with the  statements or omissions  which  resulted in such
losses,  claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well
as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  The relative benefits received
by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the  other  shall be  deemed  to be in the same  proportion  as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting  expenses)  received by the Company
and the Selling  Shareholders bear to the total underwriting  discounts received
by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of
the  Prospectus.  The relative  fault shall be determined by reference to, among
other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
or the  omission  or  alleged  omission  to state a  material  fact  relates  to
information supplied by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand
or the  Underwriters on the other and the parties  relative  intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission.  The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if  contribution  pursuant to this subsection
(d) were  determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in
this  subsection  (d). The amount paid or payable by an  Indemnified  Party as a
result of the  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any
legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  Indemnified  Party in
connection   with   investigating   or  defending  any  such  action  or  claim.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this  subsection  (d), (i) the  Underwriters
shall not be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which
the total price at which the Firm Stock and Additional Stock underwritten by the
Underwriters  and  distributed  to the public were offered to the public exceeds
the amount of any damages which the Underwriters have otherwise been required to
pay by reason of such untrue  statement or omission and (ii) no person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 of the Act) shall
be  entitled  to  contribution  from  any  person  who  was not  guilty  of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.


                                       27

<PAGE>

         9.   Default by an Underwriter.

                  (a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or
their  obligations  to purchase the Firm Stock  hereunder,  and if the number of
shares of Firm Stock with respect to which such default  relates does not exceed
in  the  aggregate  10% of  the  number  of  shares  of  Firm  Stock  which  all
Underwriters  have agreed to purchase  hereunder,  then such Firm Stock to which
the default  relates shall be purchased by the  non-defaulting  Underwriters  in
proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

                  (b) In the event that such default relates to more than 10% of
the  number of shares of Firm  Stock,  you may in your  discretion  arrange  for
yourself  or for another  party or parties to purchase  such Firm Stock to which
such default relates on the terms contained  herein.  If within one (1) business
day after such default relating to more than 10% of the number of shares of Firm
Stock, you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Stock,  then the Company
shall be entitled to a further  period of one (1)  business  day within which to
procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Stock
on such terms.  In the event that  neither  you nor the Company  arrange for the
purchase  of the Firm  Stock to which a  default  relates  as  provided  in this
Section 9, this  Agreement may be  terminated  by you or the Company  (except as
provided in Section 6 and Section 8(a) hereof) or the several Underwriters,  but
nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability,  if any,
to the other several  Underwriters and to the Company for damages  occasioned by
its default hereunder.

                  (c) In the  event  that the Firm  Stock to which  the  default
relates  is to be  purchased  by the  non-defaulting  Underwriters,  or is to be
purchased by another  party or parties as  aforesaid,  you or the Company  shall
have the right to postpone the Closing  Date for a reasonable  period but not in
any event exceeding five (5) business days, in order to effect whatever  changes
may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly
any  amendment  to the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  which in the
opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary.  The term
"Underwriter"  as used in this  Agreement  shall  include any party  substituted
under this  Section 9 with like effect as if it had  originally  been a party to
this Agreement with respect to such Firm Stock.

         10.  Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery.  Except as the
context  otherwise  requires,  all  representations,  warranties  and agreements
contained in this Agreement  shall be deemed to be  representations,  warranties
and  agreements at the Closing Date and the  Additional  Closing Date,  and such
representations, warranties and agreements of you and the Company, including the
indemnity  and  contribution  agreements  contained  in Section 8 hereof,  shall
remain  operative and in full force and effect  regardless of any  investigation
made by or on behalf of you or any controlling person, or by or on behalf of the
Company  or any  controlling  person,  and  shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement and/or delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock to you.


                                       28

<PAGE>


         11.  Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

                  (a) This  Agreement  shall become  effective at 9:30 A.M., New
York  Time,  on the  first  full  business  day  following  the day on which the
Registration  Statement  becomes  effective or at the time of the initial public
offering by you of the Firm Stock, whichever is earlier. The time of the initial
public offering,  for the purpose of this Section 11, shall mean the time, after
the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,  of the  release  by  you  for
publication of the first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published
relating to the Firm Stock or the time, after the Registration Statement becomes
effective,  when the Firm Stock is first  released  by you for  offering  by the
Underwriters or dealers by letter or telegram,  whichever shall first occur. You
or the  Company may prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming  effective  without
liability of any party to any other party,  except as noted below, by giving the
notice  indicated below in Section 11(d) before the time this Agreement  becomes
effective.

                  (b) You shall have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement at
any time prior to the Closing Date or the  Additional  Closing Date, as the case
may be, if,  after the date of this  Agreement,  any  domestic or  international
event or act or occurrence has materially  disrupted or, in the exercise of your
reasonable judgment, will in the immediate future materially disrupt, securities
markets in the United  States;  or trading on the New York Stock  Exchange shall
have been  suspended,  or minimum or maximum  prices for trading shall have been
fixed,  or maximum ranges for prices for securities  shall have been required on
the New York Stock  Exchange  by the New York Stock  Exchange or by order of the
Commission  or any other  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction;  or the
United  States shall have become  involved in a war or major  hostilities;  or a
banking moratorium has been declared by a New York or Federal authority;  or the
Company  shall  have  sustained  a  material  loss  by  fire,  flood,  accident,
hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which,
whether  or not said  loss  shall  have been  insured,  will,  in your  opinion,
interfere  materially  and  adversely  with  the  conduct  of the  business  and
operations of the Company.

                  (c) If you  elect to  prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective  or to  terminate  this  Agreement as provided in this Section 11, the
Company shall be notified promptly by you by telephone or telegram, confirmed by
letter. If the Company elects to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective,
you  shall be  notified  promptly  by the  Company  by  telephone  or  telegram,
confirmed by letter.

                  (d) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding
if this  Agreement  shall not become  effective  by reason of an election of the
Company  pursuant to this Section 11, or if this Agreement  shall not be carried
out within the time specified herein by reason of any failure on the part of the
Company to perform any undertaking or satisfy any condition of this Agreement by
it to be performed or  satisfied,  the sole  liability of the Company to you, in
addition to the obligations assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof,
will be to reimburse you for such actual  out-of-pocket  expenses (including the
fees  and  disbursements  of your  counsel)  as  shall  have  been  incurred  in
connection  with this Agreement and the proposed  purchase of the Firm Stock and
Additional  Stock,  and upon demand the Company will pay the full amount thereof
to you. If this Agreement shall not become effective by reason of an election by
you  pursuant to this Section 11 or if this  Agreement  shall be  terminated  or
otherwise not carried out within the time specified  herein for any reason other
than the  failure  on the part of the  Company  to perform  any  undertaking  or
satisfy  any  condition  of this  Agreement  by it or them  to be  performed  or
satisfied, the Company shall have no liability to you other than for obligations
assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof; provided, however, that you
may retain any sums heretofore paid to you by the Company as provided in Section
3 hereof to the extent that such sums are for your actual out-of-pocket expenses
(including  the fees and  disbursements  of your  counsel)  as shall  have  been
incurred in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Firm
Stock and Additional Stock.

                                       29

<PAGE>


                  Notwithstanding  any election  hereunder or any termination of
this Agreement,  and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the
provisions  of Section 8 shall not be in any way  affected  by such  election or
termination  or  failure  to carry out the terms of this  Agreement  or any part
hereof.

         12. Notices. All communications  hereunder,  except as herein otherwise
specifically  provided,  shall be in writing  and,  if sent to any  Underwriter,
shall  be  mailed,  delivered  or  telegraphed  and  confirmed  to  Donald & Co.
Securities Inc., 65 East 55th Street,  New York, New York 10022, Att: Stephen A.
Blum,  President,  with a copy to Parker Duryee Rosoff & Haft, 529 Fifth Avenue,
New York, New York  10017-4608,  Attn:  Michael  DiGiovanna;  and if sent to the
Company,  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to The Source
Information  Management Company,  11644 Lilburn Park Road, St. Louis,  Missouri,
63146, Attn: S. Leslie Flegel,  Chief Executive  Officer,  with a copy to Gallop
Johnson & Neuman, L.C., 101 South Hanley Road, St. Louis,  Missouri 63105, Attn:
Douglas J. Bates, Esq.

         13.  Modification  of the  Previous  Underwriting  Agreement.  Upon the
Closing  Date,  this  Agreement  will  supersede  Sections  5(m) and 5(u) of the
underwriting  agreement between the  Representative  and the Company dated as of
October 7, 1997, which agreement shall retain full force and effect in all other
respects.

         14.  Parties.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon, you, the Company,
and the  controlling  persons,  directors and officers  referred to in Section 8
hereof, and their respective successors,  legal representatives and assigns, and
no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim  under or in  respect of or by virtue of this  Agreement  or any
provision herein contained.

         15. Construction.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.


                                       30

<PAGE>


         If the foregoing  correctly sets forth the  understanding  between you,
the  Company  and the  Selling  Shareholders,  please so  indicate  in the space
provided  below for that  purpose,  whereupon  this letter  shall  constitute  a
binding agreement among us.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY


                                   By:
                                      S. Leslie Flegel, Chief Executive Officer


                                   SELLING SHAREHOLDERS


                                   By:__________________________________________
                                   S. Leslie Flegel, As Attorney-in-Fact, acting
                                   on behalf of each of the Selling Shareholders
                                   named in Schedule III hereto



Accepted as of the date first above written:

DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.
As Representative of the Underwriters
named in Schedule II hereto



By:
    Stephen A. Blum, President


                                       31

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I


       Firm Stock Sellers                    Number of Shares of Firm Stock
       ------------------                    ------------------------------

              TOTAL                                  2,000,000

                                       32

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE II


        Underwriters                         Number of Shares of Firm Stock
        ------------                         ------------------------------


               TOTAL                                 2,000,000


                                       33

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE III

                                                        Number of Shares
         Selling Shareholder (1)                     of Additional Stock (2)
         -----------------------                     -----------------------


                Total                                       300,000



         (1) Each Selling  Shareholder  has  appointed  S. Leslie  Flegel and W.
Brian Rodgers as Attorneys-in-Fact

         (2)  Represents  the maximum  number of Additional  Stock to be sold by
each Selling Shareholder,  assuming the exercise in full of the Representative's
over-allotment option.


                                       34




         REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANT AGREEMENT (the "Warrant Agreement"),  dated as
of _______  __,  1998,  between THE SOURCE  INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT  COMPANY,  a
Missouri  corporation  (the  "Company"),   and  DONALD  &  CO.  SECURITIES  INC.
(hereinafter referred to variously as the "Holder" or the "Representative").


         The  Company  proposes  to issue to the  Representative  warrants  (the
"Warrants") to purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Company's  common stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock");

         The Representative has agreed,  pursuant to the underwriting  agreement
(the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  dated ______ __, 1998 among the  Company,  the
Representative   and  the  other  underwriters  named  in  Schedule  II  thereof
(collectively  with  the  Representative,  the  "Underwriters")  to  act  as the
representative  of the  Underwriters in connection  with the Company's  proposed
public offering (the "Public Offering") of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the
"Stock") at an initial public offering price of $____ per share; and

         The Warrants to be issued  pursuant to this Agreement will be issued on
the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Underwriting  Agreement) by the
Company  to  the  Representative  in  consideration  for,  and  as  part  of the
compensation in connection with, the Representative  acting as representative of
the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  the payment by the
Representative to the Company of TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($200.00), the
agreements  herein  set forth and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1. Grant.  The Holder (as  hereinafter  defined) is hereby  granted the
right to purchase,  at any time from  __________  __, 1999 until 5:00 p.m.,  St.
Louis,  Missouri time, on _______ __, 2003, up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock
(the "Warrant  Stock") at an initial  exercise  price  (subject to adjustment as
provided  in Article 8 hereof) of $____ per share of Warrant  Stock,  subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         2.  Warrant  Certificates.   The  warrant  certificates  (the  "Warrant
Certificates") delivered and to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be
in the form set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof, with
such appropriate insertions,  omissions,  substitutions, and other variations as
required or permitted by this Agreement.

                                        1

<PAGE>


         3. Exercise of Warrant.  The Warrants  initially are exercisable at the
initial exercise price per share of Warrant Stock set forth in Section 6 hereof,
payable by wire  transfer,  or certified or official  bank check (or by cashless
exercise  as provided  below),  subject to  adjustment  as provided in Section 8
hereof.  Upon  surrender  of a  Warrant  Certificate  with the  annexed  Form of
Election to Purchase duly executed,  together with payment of the Exercise Price
(as  hereinafter  defined)  for the Warrant  Stock  purchased  at the  Company's
principal  offices  (presently  located at 11644  Lilburn Park Road,  St. Louis,
Missouri  63146) the  registered  holder of a Warrant  Certificate  ("Holder" or
"Holders")  shall be entitled to receive a certificate or  certificates  for the
shares of Warrant Stock so purchased.  The purchase  rights  represented by each
Warrant  Certificate  are  exercisable at the option of the Holder  thereof,  in
whole  or in  part  (but  not  as to  fractional  shares  of the  Warrant  Stock
underlying  the  Warrants).  In the case of the  purchase  of less  than all the
securities  purchasable under any Warrant Certificate,  the Company shall cancel
said  Warrant  Certificate  upon the  surrender  thereof  and shall  execute and
deliver  a new  Warrant  Certificate  of  like  tenor  for  the  balance  of the
securities purchasable thereunder.

         The Holder may, at its option,  exchange the  Warrants,  in whole or in
part (a  "Warrant  Exchange"),  into the  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock
determined  in  accordance  with this  paragraph,  by  surrendering  the Warrant
Certificate  representing  the  Warrants  at  the  Company's  principal  office,
accompanied  by a notice  stating  (i)  such  Holder's  intent  to  effect  such
exchange,  (ii) the number of shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrants as
to which the  exchange is to be effected  and (iii) the date on which the Holder
requests  that such  Warrant  Exchange  occur (the  "Notice of  Exchange").  The
Warrant  Exchange  shall  take  place on the date  specified  in the  Notice  of
Exchange  or if the date the Notice of  Exchange  is  received by the Company is
later than three (3) business days prior to the date  specified in the Notice of
Exchange,  the date which is three (3)  business  days after the date of receipt
(the  "Exchange  Date").  Certificates  for the shares of Warrant Stock issuable
upon such  Warrant  Exchange  and,  if  applicable,  a new warrant of like tenor
evidencing the balance of the shares of Warrant Stock  remaining  subject to the
Warrants,  shall be issued as of the Exchange  Date and  delivered to the Holder
within three (3) business days following the Exchange  Date. In connection  with
any Warrant  Exchange,  the Warrants shall  represent the right to subscribe for
and acquire the number of shares of Warrant  Stock  (rounded to the next highest
integer)  equal to (i) the number of shares of Warrant  Stock  specified  by the
Holder in its Notice of Exchange  (the "Total  Number")  less (ii) the number of
shares of Warrant  Stock equal to the  quotient  obtained  by  dividing  (A) the
product of the Total Number and the existing  Exercise  Price of the Warrants by
(B) the average market price of a share of Common Stock for the ten (10) trading
days ending on the Exchange Date;  and, in the case of any Warrant  Exchange for
less than all of the shares of Warrant Stock purchasable under the Warrants, the
Company  shall execute and deliver a new Warrant  Certificate  of like tenor for
the balance of the Shares purchasable thereunder. By way of example, if a Holder
of  Warrants  submits a Notice of  Exchange  relating  to 60,000 of the  200,000
shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrants and the current  average  market
price of a share of Common  Stock for the ten trading  day period  ending on the
Exchange Date is $8.00,  the holder will be entitled to receive 24,000 shares of
Warrant  Stock,  along with a new Warrant  Certificate  entitling  the Holder to
purchase 140,000 shares of Warrant Stock.
 
                                        2

<PAGE>


         4. Issuance of  Certificates.  Upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  the
issuance of  certificates  for the shares of Warrant Stock or other  securities,
properties or rights  underlying such Warrants,  shall be made forthwith (and in
any event within five (5) business days thereafter) without charge to the Holder
thereof including,  without limitation,  any tax which may be payable in respect
of the issuance thereof,  and such certificates shall (subject to the provisions
of Sections 5 and 7 hereof) be issued in the name of, or in such names as may be
directed by, the Holder thereof;  provided,  however, that the Company shall not
be  required  to pay any tax which may be payable  in  respect  of any  transfer
involved in the issuance and delivery of any such  certificates  in a name other
than  that of the  Holder  and the  Company  shall not be  required  to issue or
deliver such certificates  unless or until the person or persons  requesting the
issuance  thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall
have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

         The Warrant  Certificates and the certificates  representing the shares
of Warrant  Stock or other  securities,  property or rights shall be executed on
behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, or the President or any executive officer of the Company
under its  corporate  seal  reproduced  thereon,  attested  to by the  manual or
facsimile  signature of the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of the Company. Warrant Certificates shall be dated the date
of  execution  by  the  Company  upon  initial  issuance,   division,  exchange,
substitution or transfer.

         5.  Restriction  On  Transfer  of  Warrants.  The  Holder  of a Warrant
Certificate,  by its acceptance thereof,  covenants and agrees that the Warrants
may not be sold, transferred,  assigned,  hypothecated or otherwise disposed of,
in whole or in part, except to officers and directors of the Representative.

         6. Exercise Price.

         6.1 Initial and Adjusted  Exercise Price. The initial exercise price of
each Warrant shall be $____ per share of Warrant  Stock.  The adjusted  exercise
price shall be the price  which shall  result from time to time from any and all
adjustments of the initial  exercise price in accordance  with the provisions of
Section 8 hereof.

         6.2 Exercise  Price.  The term  "Exercise  Price" herein shall mean the
initial  exercise  price or the  adjusted  exercise  price,  depending  upon the
context.

         7. Registration Rights.

         7.1 Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933. The Warrants and the
shares of Warrant Stock have been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities  Act").  Upon exercise,  in part or in whole, of the
Warrants,  certificates  representing  the shares of Warrant Stock and any other
securities  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  (collectively,  the "Warrant
Securities") shall bear the following legend:

                                        3

<PAGE>

                  The  securities  represented  by this  certificate  may not be
                  offered  or  sold  except   pursuant   to  (i)  an   effective
                  registration  statement  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
                  amended (the "Securities Act"), (ii) to the extent applicable,
                  Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act (or any similar rule under
                  the Securities Act relating to the disposition of securities),
                  or (iii) an  opinion  of  counsel,  if such  opinion  shall be
                  reasonably  satisfactory  to counsel for the  issuer,  that an
                  exemption  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  is
                  available.

         7.2  Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time  commencing on _____ __,
1998 and expiring six (6) years thereafter, the Company proposes to register any
of its  securities  under the  Securities  Act (other than in connection  with a
transaction  contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or
pursuant to Form S-4,  Form S-8 or any  successor  form  thereto),  it will give
written  notice by  registered  or certified  mail at least twelve (12) business
days prior to the filing of each such registration  statement, to all Holders of
the Warrants and/or Warrant Securities of its intention to do so. If the Holders
of the Warrants and/or Warrant Securities notify the Company in writing not more
than ten (10)  business  days after  receipt of such  notice of their  desire to
include any such securities in such proposed registration statement, the Company
shall  afford  such  Holders  of the  Warrants  and/or  Warrant  Securities  the
opportunity  to  have  any  such  Warrant   Securities   registered  under  such
registration statement.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.2, the
Company  shall  have the right at any time  after it shall  have  given  written
notice pursuant to this Section 7.2  (irrespective  of whether a written request
for inclusion of any such securities  shall have been made) to elect not to file
any such  proposed  registration  statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the
filing but prior to the  effective  date thereof.  Furthermore,  if the managing
underwriter  of any such  offering  shall advise the Company in writing that, in
its  opinion,  the  distribution  of all or a portion of the Warrant  Securities
requested to be included in the  registration  statement  concurrently  with the
securities being registered by the Company would materially and adversely affect
the distribution of such securities by the Company for its own account, then the
Warrant Securities shall nevertheless be included in such registration statement
but withheld  from the market for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days,  which
period the managing underwriter  reasonably  determines as necessary in order to
effect the underwritten public offering.

         7.3 Demand Registration.

                       (a) At  any  time  commencing  on  ______  __,  1999  and
                  expiring  four (4) years  thereafter,  the Holders of Warrants
                  and/or Warrant  Securities  representing more than 50% of such
                  securities at that time outstanding  (assuming the exercise of
                  all of the Warrants),  shall have the right (which right is in
                  addition to the registration rights under Section 7.2 hereof),
                  exercisable  by  written  notice to the  Company,  to have the
                  Company  prepare  and file with the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission,  on two occasions,  a  registration  statement and
                  such  other  documents,  including  a  prospectus,  as  may be
                  necessary  in the opinion of both  counsel for the Company and
                  counsel for the  Representative and Holders in order to comply
                  with the provisions of the  Securities  Act, so as to permit a
                  public   offering  and  sale  of  their   respective   Warrant
                  Securities for nine (9) consecutive months by such Holders and
                  any other Holders of the Warrants  and/or  Warrant  Securities
                  who notify the  Company  within ten (10)  business  days after
                  receiving notice from the Company of such request.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                           (b) The Company  covenants and agrees to give written
                  notice of any  registration  request under this Section 7.3 by
                  the majority of the Holders to all other registered Holders of
                  the  Warrants  and the  Warrant  Securities  within  ten  (10)
                  business  days  from  the  date  of the  receipt  of any  such
                  registration request.

                           (c) In  addition  to the  registration  rights  under
                  Section 7.2 and  subsection  (a) of this  Section  7.3, at any
                  time commencing on ______ __, 1999 and expiring four (4) years
                  thereafter,  the Holders of Warrants and/or Warrant Securities
                  representing  more  than  50% of such  securities  at the time
                  outstanding  (assuming  the  exercise of all of the  Warrants)
                  shall have the right,  exercisable  by written  request to the
                  Company,  to  have  the  Company  prepare  and  file,  on  one
                  occasion,  with the Commission a registration  statement so as
                  to permit a public  offering and sale for nine (9) consecutive
                  months  by any  such  Holders  of  their  Warrant  Securities;
                  provided,  however,  that the  provisions  of  Section  7.5(b)
                  hereof  shall not apply to any such  registration  request and
                  registration  and all costs  incident  thereto shall be at the
                  expense of the Holder or Holders making such request.

                       7.4   Covenants   of  the   Company   With   Respect   to
Registration.  In  connection  with any  registration  under  Section 7.2 or 7.3
hereof, the Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                       (a) The Company  shall file a  registration  statement as
                  promptly as practicable  after receipt of any demand  pursuant
                  to Section  7.3,  but in no event later than  forty-five  (45)
                  days  after  receipt  of such  demand,  and shall use its best
                  efforts to have any registration statements declared effective
                  at the  earliest  practicable  time,  and shall  furnish  each
                  Holder  desiring  to sell  Warrant  Securities  such number of
                  prospectuses as shall reasonably be requested. Notwithstanding
                  the foregoing sentence,  the Company shall not be obligated to
                  file a  registration  statement  pursuant  to Section  7.3 (i)
                  during the period when the  Warrant  Securities  are  withheld
                  from the  market as set forth in  Section  7.2 and (ii) if any
                  demand pursuant to Section 7.3 is made within ninety (90) days
                  following  the  fiscal  year  end  of  the  Company  when  the
                  conditions set forth in Rule 3-01(c) of Regulation S-X are not
                  met for  filings  made after  forty-five  (45) days but within
                  ninety (90) days of the end of the Company's  final year. Upon
                  the  occurrence  of the event set forth in Section  7.4(a)(i),
                  the Company shall file the registration  statement as promptly
                  as  practicable  after the  conclusion  of the period when the
                  Warrant  Securities  were withheld from the market,  but in no
                  event later than  forty-five (45) days after the conclusion of
                  such  period.  Upon the  occurrence  of the event set forth in
                  Section  7.4(a)(ii),  the Company shall file the  registration
                  statement as promptly as practicable  after the earlier of the
                  date when the Company  files its annual report on Form 10-K or
                  10-KSB with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or ninety
                  days (90) days  following  the fiscal year end of the Company,
                  but in no event  later  than  forty-five  (45) days  after the
                  earlier of such dates.

                                        5

<PAGE>


                           (b)  The  Company  shall  pay  all  costs  (excluding
                  transfer  taxes,  if any, and fees and expenses of  Holder(s)'
                  counsel and any underwriting or selling commissions), fees and
                  expenses in connection with the first  registration  statement
                  filed  pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3(a)  hereof  including,
                  without  limitation,  the Company's legal and accounting fees,
                  printing expenses,  blue sky fees and expenses.  The Holder(s)
                  will pay all costs,  fees and expenses in connection  with any
                  registration  statement filed pursuant to Section  7.3(c).  If
                  the  Company  shall  fail to  comply  with the  provisions  of
                  Section  7.4(a),  the Company shall,  in addition to any other
                  equitable  or  other  damages  or  relief   available  to  the
                  Holder(s),  be liable for any and all incidental,  special and
                  consequential  damages  and  damages  due to  loss  of  profit
                  sustained by the Holder(s)  requesting  registration  of their
                  Warrant Securities.

                           (c) The Company shall use its best efforts to qualify
                  or register the Warrant Securities  included in a registration
                  statement  for offering and sale under the  securities or blue
                  sky laws of such states as  reasonably  are  requested  by the
                  Holder(s), provided that the Company shall not be obligated to
                  execute or file any  general  consent to service of process or
                  to qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do business under the
                  laws of any such  jurisdiction,  and further  provided that if
                  any  jurisdiction  in which the  Warrant  Securities  shall be
                  qualified  shall require that expenses  incurred in connection
                  with the  qualification of the securities in that jurisdiction
                  shall be borne by  selling  stockholders,  then such  expenses
                  shall be payable by the selling  stockholders  pro rata to the
                  extent required by such jurisdiction.

                           (d) To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall
                  indemnify the  Holder(s) of the Warrant  Securities to be sold
                  pursuant to any  registration  statement  and each person,  if
                  any, who controls  such Holders  within the meaning of Section
                  15 of the  Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act
                  against  all  loss,  claim,   damage,   expense  or  liability
                  (including all expenses  reasonably incurred in investigating,
                  preparing or defending  against any claim whatsoever) to which
                  any of them may become subject under the  Securities  Act, the
                  Exchange  Act or  otherwise,  arising  from such  registration
                  statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect
                  as the provisions  contained in Section 8 of the  Underwriting
                  Agreement   pursuant  to  which  the  Company  has  agreed  to
                  indemnify the Underwriters.


                                        6

<PAGE>

                           (e) The Company  shall not require the  Holder(s)  to
                  exercise  their  Warrants  prior to the initial  filing of any
                  registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                           (f) The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any
                  securities other than the Warrant Securities to be included in
                  the  registration  statement  filed pursuant to Section 7.3(a)
                  hereof,   without   the   prior   written   consent   of   the
                  Representative.

                           (g) The Company shall  furnish to the  Representative
                  on behalf of each Holder  participating in the offering and to
                  the  managing  underwriter,  if  any,  a  signed  counterpart,
                  addressed to the  Representative  on behalf on each Holder and
                  to the managing underwriter, if any, (i) an opinion of counsel
                  to the Company,  dated the effective date of such registration
                  statement if there is no managing  underwriter  or the date of
                  the closing  under the  underwriting  agreement  if there is a
                  managing underwriter,  and (ii) a "cold comfort" letter, dated
                  the effective date of such registration statement and the date
                  of the closing under the underwriting  agreement if there is a
                  managing   underwriter,   signed  by  the  independent  public
                  accountants   who  have  issued  a  report  on  the  Company's
                  financial statements included in such registration  statement,
                  in each case  covering  substantially  the same  matters  with
                  respect to such  registration  statement  (and the  prospectus
                  included  therein)  and,  in the  case  of  such  accountants'
                  letter,  with respect to events subsequent to the date of such
                  financial  statements,  as are customarily covered in opinions
                  of issuer's counsel and in accountants'  letters  delivered to
                  underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities.

                           (h) The Company  shall as soon as  practicable  after
                  the effective date of the registration  statement,  and in any
                  event within 15 months thereafter,  make "generally  available
                  to its security holders" (within the meaning of Rule 158 under
                  the Securities Act) an earnings  statement  (which need not be
                  audited)  complying  with Section 11(a) of the  Securities Act
                  and  covering  a  period  of at least  12  consecutive  months
                  beginning  after  the  effective  date  of  the   registration
                  statement.

                       (i) The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder who
                  so requests and the managing  underwriter,  if any,  copies of
                  all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its
                  counsel or auditors and all memoranda  relating to discussions
                  with  the   Commission  or  its  staff  with  respect  to  any
                  registration  statement filed pursuant to this Agreement,  and
                  permit  each  Holder  who  so   requests   and  the   managing
                  underwriter, if any, to do such investigation, upon reasonable
                  advance  notice,  with respect to information  contained in or
                  omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably
                  necessary to comply with  applicable  securities laws or rules
                  of  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
                  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall include access to books,
                  records  and  properties  and  opportunities  to  discuss  the
                  business  of the Company  with its  officers  and  independent
                  auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable
                  times  and  as  often  as  each   Holder   and  the   managing
                  underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request.

                                        7

<PAGE>

                           (j) With respect to a  registration  statement  filed
                  pursuant  to Section  7.3,  the  Company  shall  enter into an
                  underwriting   agreement   with  the   managing   underwriter,
                  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Company,  selected  for such
                  underwriting  by  Holders  holding a majority  of the  Warrant
                  Securities requested to be included in such underwriting. Such
                  agreement  shall be  satisfactory in form and substance to the
                  Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall
                  contain such representations,  warranties and covenants by the
                  Company and such other terms as are  customarily  contained in
                  agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter.  The
                  Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement
                  relating to an underwritten  sale of their Warrant  Securities
                  and  may,  at  their  option,  require  that any or all of the
                  representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or
                  for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and
                  for the benefit of such  Holders.  Such  Holders  shall not be
                  required  to make  any  representations  or  warranties  to or
                  agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they
                  may  relate to such  Holders  and their  intended  methods  of
                  distribution.

                       7.6   Covenants   of  the   Holder(s)   With  Respect  to
Registration.  The Holder(s) of the Warrant  Securities to be sold pursuant to a
registration statement,  and their successors and assigns, shall severally,  and
not jointly,  indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person,
if any,  who  controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the
Securities  Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act,  against all loss,  claim,
damage or expense or liability  (including all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
investigating,  preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which
they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,
arising from  information  furnished by or on behalf of such  Holders,  or their
successors or assigns, for specific inclusion in such registration  statement to
the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions  contained in Section
8 of the Underwriting  Agreement  pursuant to which the Underwriters have agreed
to indemnify the Company.

                       7.7 Agreement by Holder to Participate  in  Registration.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, no Holder shall have
any rights  under this  Section 7 unless  such  Holder (i) shall  furnish to the
Company information  concerning the number of Warrant Securities held by him and
the intended method of disposition of such Warrant  Securities,  (ii) executes a
written  agreement  stating that the information  set forth in the  registration
statement  concerning the Holder is correct and that the Holder will not violate
Regulation M promulgated  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange  Act") and (iii) delivers such written  agreement (as executed by
such Holder) to the Company  within 20 days after the Company  delivers the form
of such written agreement to such Holder.


                                        8

<PAGE>

                  8. Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

                       8.1  Computation of Adjusted  Exercise Price. In case the
Company  shall at any time  after the date  hereof  issue or sell any  shares of
Common  Stock  (other  than the  issuances  or sales  referred to in Section 8.7
hereof),  including  shares held in the Company's  treasury and shares of Common
Stock issued upon the  exercise of any options,  rights or warrants to subscribe
for shares of Common  Stock and shares of Common Stock issued upon the direct or
indirect  conversion or exchange of securities for shares of Common Stock, for a
consideration  per share less than the "Exercise  Price" on the date immediately
prior to the issuance or sale of such  shares,  or without  consideration,  then
forthwith  upon such issuance or sale,  the Exercise  Price shall (until another
such issuance or sale) be reduced to the price  (calculated  to the nearest full
cent) equal to the  quotient  derived by dividing (A) an amount equal to the sum
of (X) the product of (a) the Exercise  Price on the date  immediately  prior to
the  issuance  or sale of such  shares,  multiplied  by (b) the total  number of
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such issuance or sale
plus, (Y) the aggregate of the amount of all consideration,  if any, received by
the Company  upon such  issuance or sale,  by (B) the total  number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such  issuance or sale;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall the Exercise Price be adjusted pursuant to this
computation to an amount in excess of the Exercise  Price in effect  immediately
prior to such  computation,  except in the case of a combination  of outstanding
shares of Common Stock, as provided by Section 8.3 hereof.

                  For the purposes of any  computation  to be made in accordance
with this Section 8.1, the following provisions shall be applicable:

                           (i) In case of the  issuance  or  sale of  shares  of
                  Common Stock for a consideration part or all of which shall be
                  cash,  the  amount  of cash  consideration  therefor  shall be
                  deemed to be the amount of cash  received  by the  Company for
                  such shares (or, if shares of Common  Stock are offered by the
                  Company for subscription, the subscription price, or if either
                  of such  securities  shall be sold to  underwriters or dealers
                  for  public  offering  without a  subscription  offering,  the
                  initial public offering price) before deducting  therefrom any
                  compensation   paid  or   discount   allowed   in  the   sale,
                  underwriting or purchase thereof by underwriters or dealers or
                  others performing  similar services,  or any expenses incurred
                  in connection therewith.

                           (ii) In case of the issuance or sale  (otherwise than
                  as a  dividend  or  other  distribution  on any  stock  of the
                  Company) of shares of Common Stock for a consideration part or
                  all of which  shall be other  than  cash,  the  amount  of the
                  consideration  therefor  other than cash shall be deemed to be
                  the value of such consideration as determined in good faith by
                  the Board of Directors of the Company.

                           (iii)  Shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  by way of
                  dividend  or other  distribution  on any stock of the  Company
                  shall be  deemed  to have been  issued  immediately  after the
                  opening of business  on the  day following the record date for


                                        9

<PAGE>


                  the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled to receive such
                  dividend  or other  distribution  and  shall be deemed to have
                  been issued without consideration.

                           (iv)  The   reclassification  of  securities  of  the
                  Company other than shares of the Common Stock into  securities
                  including  shares of Common  Stock  shall be deemed to involve
                  the   issuance   of  such   shares  of  Common   Stock  for  a
                  consideration  other than cash immediately  prior to the close
                  of  business  on the  date  fixed  for  the  determination  of
                  security  holders  entitled to receive  such  shares,  and the
                  value of the consideration  allocable to such shares of Common
                  Stock shall be determined  as provided in  subsection  (ii) of
                  this Section 8.1.

                           (v) The  number of shares of Common  Stock at any one
                  time outstanding  shall include the aggregate number of shares
                  issued or issuable  (subject to  readjustment  upon the actual
                  issuance  thereof)  upon  the  exercise  of  options,  rights,
                  warrants and upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or
                  exchangeable  securities;   provided,   however,  that  shares
                  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of the  Warrants  shall  not be
                  included in such calculation.


                       8.2  Options,   Rights,   Warrants  and  Convertible  and
Exchangeable  Securities.  In case the Company  shall at any time after the date
hereof  issue  options,  rights or  warrants to  subscribe  for shares of Common
Stock, or issue any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for shares of
Common  Stock,  for a  consideration  per  share  less than the  Exercise  Price
immediately prior to the issuance of such options,  rights or warrants,  or such
convertible or exchangeable securities,  or without consideration,  the Exercise
Price in effect  immediately  prior to the issuance of such  options,  rights or
warrants,  or such convertible or exchangeable  securities,  as the case may be,
shall be reduced to a price  determined  by making a  computation  in accordance
with the provision of Section 8.1 hereof, provided that:

                           (a) The aggregate  maximum number of shares of Common
                  Stock, as the case may be, issuable under such options, rights
                  or warrants  shall be deemed to be issued and  outstanding  at
                  the time such options,  rights or warranties were issued,  and
                  for a  consideration  equal to the minimum  purchase price per
                  share provided for in such options,  rights or warrants at the
                  time of issuance,  plus the  consideration  (determined in the
                  same manner as consideration  received on the issue or sale of
                  shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrants),  if any,
                  received by the Company for such options, rights or warrants.

                       (b) The  aggregate  maximum  number  of  shares of Common
                  Stock   issuable   upon   conversation   or  exchange  of  any
                  convertible or exchangeable  securities  shall be deemed to be
                  issued  and  outstanding  at the  time  of  issuance  of  such
                  securities, and for a consideration equal to the consideration
                  (determined  in the same manner as  consideration  received on
                  the issue or sale of shares of Common Stock in accordance with
                  the terms of the  Warrants)  received  by the Company for such
                  securities, plus the minimum consideration, if any, receivable
                  by the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof.

                                       10

<PAGE>

 
                           (c) If any change  shall occur in the price per share
                  provided  for  in  any  of the  options,  rights  or  warrants
                  referred to in  subsection  (a) of this Section 8.2, or in the
                  price  per  share  at  which  the  securities  referred  to in
                  subsection  (b)  of  this  Section  8.2  are   convertible  or
                  exchangeable,  such options,  rights or warrants or conversion
                  or  exchange  rights,  as the case may be,  shall be deemed to
                  have expired or  terminated on the date when such price change
                  became  effective in respect of shares not theretofore  issued
                  pursuant to the exercise or conversation or exchange  thereof,
                  and the Company  shall be deemed to have issued upon such date
                  new options, rights or warrants or convertible or exchangeable
                  securities at the new price in respect of the number of shares
                  issuable upon the exercise of such options, rights or warrants
                  or  the   conversion  or  exchange  of  such   convertible  or
                  exchangeable securities.

                           (d) If any options, rights or warrants referred to in
                  subsection  (a) of this  Section  8.2, or any  convertible  or
                  exchangeable  securities referred to in subsection (b) of this
                  Section  8.2,   expire  or  terminate   without   exercise  or
                  conversion, as the case may be, then the Exercise Price of the
                  remaining  outstanding Warrants shall be readjusted as if such
                  options,  rights or warrants or  convertible  or  exchangeable
                  securities, as the case may be, had never been issued.

                       8.3  Subdivision  and  Combination.  In case the  Company
shall at any time subdivide or combine the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,
the Exercise Price shall forthwith be  proportionately  decreased in the case of
subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

                       8.4  Adjustment  in  Number  of  Securities.   Upon  each
adjustment of the Exercise  Price  pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8,
the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant
shall be adjusted to the nearest  full amount by  multiplying  a number equal to
the Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior to such adjustment by the number
of shares of Warrant Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the Warrants  immediately
prior to such  adjustment  and  dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted
Exercise Price.

                       8.5  Definition of Common Stock.  For the purpose of this
Agreement,  the term "Common Stock" shall mean (i) the class of stock designated
as Common Stock in the Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company as it may be
amended as of the date hereof,  or (ii) any other class of stock  resulting from
successive changes or  reclassifications  of such Common Stock consisting solely
of changes in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value
to par value.

                                       11

<PAGE>

                       8.6 Merger or Consolidation. In case of any consolidation
of the Company  with,  or merger of the Company  with,  or merger of the Company
into,  another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not
result in any  reclassification  or change of the outstanding Common Stock), the
corporation  formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to
the Holder a supplemental  warrant  agreement  providing that the Holder of each
Warrant then  outstanding or to be outstanding  shall have the right  thereafter
(until the  expiration  of such  Warrant)  to  receive,  upon  exercise  of such
Warrant,  the kind and  amount  of shares  of stock  and  other  securities  and
property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number
of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which such warrant  might have been
exercised  immediately prior to such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or transfer.
Such supplemental warrant agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be
identical to the adjustments  provided in Section 8. The above provision of this
Subsection shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

                       8.7 No Adjustment of Exercise Price in Certain Cases.  No
adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made:

                                    (a)  Upon  the   issuance  or  sale  of  the
                  Warrants,  the  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  issuable  upon the
                  exercise of the  Warrants or shares of Common  Stock  issuable
                  upon  exercise of options  outstanding  on the date hereof and
                  described in the prospectus relating to the Public Offering;

                                    (b) Upon the  issuance  or sale of shares of
                  Common Stock upon the exercise of options, rights or warrants,
                  or  upon  the   conversion  or  exchange  of   convertible  or
                  exchangeable securities,  in any case where the Exercise Price
                  was adjusted at the time of issuance of such  options,  rights
                  or warrants,  or convertible or  exchangeable  securities,  as
                  contemplated by Section 8.2 hereof;

                                    (c)  Upon  the  issuance  of any  shares  of
                  Common  Stock  pursuant  to the  Company's  Stock  Award  Plan
                  described in the prospectus  relating to the Public  Offering,
                  if the  value  attributable  to such  shares  is  equal  to or
                  greater  than the market  value of the Common  Stock (based on
                  the  last  sales  price  of the  Common  Stock  on the date of
                  issuance of such shares);

                                    (d) Upon the grant of  options  pursuant  to
                  the Company's  1995  Incentive  Stock option Plan described in
                  the  prospectus  relating  to  the  Public  Offering,  if  the
                  exercise price of such options is equal to or greater than the
                  market  value of the  Common  Stock  (based on the last  sales
                  price  of the  Common  Stock  on the  date  of  grant  of such
                  options);

                                (e) Upon the issuance to a non-employee director
                  of the Company as  compensation  for  attendance at a Board of
                  Directors  meeting of shares of Common  Stock  having a market
                  value  (based  on the  last  sales  price  on the  date of the
                  meeting) no greater than $1,000; or


                                       12

<PAGE>

   
                                    (f) If the amount of said  adjustment  shall
                  be less  than 2 cents  ($.02)  per  share  of  Warrant  Stock;
                  provided, however, that in such case any adjustment that would
                  otherwise be required then to be made shall be carried forward
                  and  shall be made at the time of and  together  with the next
                  subsequent  adjustment which,  together with any adjustment so
                  carried  forward,  shall amount to at least 2 cents ($.02) per
                  share of Warrant Stock.

                       8.8 Dividends and Other Distributions.  In the event that
the Company  shall at any time prior to the exercise of all  Warrants  declare a
dividend (other than a dividend  consisting solely of shares of Common Stock) or
otherwise distribute to its stockholders any assets, property, rights, evidences
of indebtedness,  securities (other than shares of Common Stock), whether issued
by the  Company or by another,  or any other thing of value,  the Holders of the
unexercised Warrants shall thereafter be entitled,  in addition to the shares of
Common  Stock or other  securities  and  property  receivable  upon the exercise
thereof,  to receive,  upon the exercise of such  Warrants,  the same  property,
assets,  rights,  evidences of  indebtedness,  securities  or any other thing of
value that they would have been entitled to receive at the time of such dividend
or distribution as if the Warrants had been exercised  immediately prior to such
dividend or distribution. At the time of any such dividend or distribution,  the
Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely performance of the
provisions of this subsection 8.5.  Nothing  contained  herein shall provide for
the receipt or accrual by a Holder of cash  dividends  prior to the  exercise by
such Holder of the Warrants.

                  9.  Exchange and  Replacement  of Warrant  Certificates.  Each
Warrant Certificate is exchangeable without expense,  upon the surrender thereof
by the registered Holder at the principal executive office of the Company, for a
new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date representing in the aggregate the
right  to  purchase  the  same  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  in  such
denominations  as shall be designated by the Holder  thereof at the time of such
surrender.

                  Upon   receipt   by  the   Company  of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory to it of the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any Warrant
Certificate,  and,  in case of  loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or
security reasonably  satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all
reasonable expenses  incidental thereto,  and upon surrender and cancellation of
the  Warrants,  if  mutilated,  the Company  will make and deliver a new Warrant
Certificate of like tenor, in lieu thereof.

                  10. Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not
be required to issue  certificates  representing  fractions of shares of Warrant
Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants, nor shall it be required to issue scrip
or pay cash in lieu of fractional interests,  it being the intent of the parties
that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up to
the  nearest  whole  number  of  shares of  Warrant  Stock or other  securities,
properties or rights.

                                       13

<PAGE>

                  11.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common Stock,  solely
for the purpose of issuance  upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  such number of
shares of Warrant  Stock or other  securities,  properties or rights as shall be
issuable upon the exercise thereof.  The Company covenants and agrees that, upon
exercise of the Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares
of Warrant Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly
and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and not subject to the preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  As long as the Warrants shall be  outstanding,  the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of Warrant Stock issuable
upon the  exercise of the Warrants to be listed  (subject to official  notice of
issuance)  on all  securities  exchanges on which the Common Stock issued to the
public in  connection  herewith may then be listed  and/or  quoted on The Nasdaq
Stock Market.

                  12.  Notices to Warrant  Holders.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or
to consent or to receive  notice as a stockholder  in respect of any meetings of
stockholders for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any
rights  whatsoever as a stockholder  of the Company.  If,  however,  at any time
prior to the expiration of the Warrants and their exercise, any of the following
events shall occur:

                           (a) the Company shall take a record of the holders of
                  its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them
                  to receive a dividend or distribution  payable  otherwise than
                  in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution  payable otherwise
                  than out of current or retained earnings,  as indicated by the
                  accounting  treatment of such dividend or  distribution on the
                  books of the Company; or

                           (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its
                  Common  Stock any  additional  shares of capital  stock of the
                  Company or securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for
                  shares of capital stock of the Company,  or any option,  right
                  or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

                           (c) a  dissolution,  liquidation or winding up of the
                  Company  (other than in  connection  with a  consolidation  or
                  merger) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property,
                  assets and business as an entirety shall be proposed;

then, in any one or more of said events,  the Company shall give written  notice
of such  event at least  fifteen  (15) days  prior to the date fixed as a record
date or the date of closing  the  transfer  books for the  determination  of the
stockholders   entitled  to  such   dividend,   distribution,   convertible   or
exchangeable  securities  or  subscription  rights,  or entitled to vote on such
proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify
such record date or the date of closing the transfer  books, as the case may be.
Failure to give such notice or any defect  therein shall not affect the validity
of any action taken in connection  with the  declaration  or payment of any such
dividend,  or the issuance of any  convertible or  exchangeable  securities,  or
subscription  rights,   options  or  warrants,   or  any  proposed  dissolution,
liquidation, winding up or sale.

                                       14
 
<PAGE>

                  13.  Notices.  All  notices,  requests,   consents  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly made when  delivered,  or mailed by  registered or certified  mail,  return
receipt requested:

                           (a) If to the registered  Holder of the  Warrants, to
                  the  address  of  such  Holder  as shown  on the  books of the
                  Company; or

                           (b) If to the  Company,  to the  address set forth in
                  Section 3 hereof or to such other  address as the  Company may
                  designate by notice to the Holders.

                  14.   Supplements   and   Amendments.   The  Company  and  the
Representative  may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without
the   approval  of  any  Holders  of  Warrant   Certificates   (other  than  the
Representative)  in order to cure any  ambiguity,  to correct or supplement  any
provision  contained  herein  which may be defective  or  inconsistent  with any
provisions  herein,  or to make any other  provisions  in regard to  matters  or
questions  arising hereunder which the Company and the  Representative  may deem
necessary or desirable and which the Company and the  Representative  deem shall
not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Warrant Certificates.

                  15.  Successors.  All the  covenants  and  provisions  of this
Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the  Company,  the
Holders and their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

                  16.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate at the close
of  business  on  _______  __,  2005.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   the
indemnification provisions of Section 7 shall survive such termination until the
close of business on _______ __, 2008.

                  17. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement
and each Warrant  Certificate  issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract
made  under  the laws of the  State of New  York and for all  purposes  shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of said State without giving effect to the
rules  of  said  State  governing  the  conflicts  of  laws.  The  Company,  the
Representative and the Holders hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim
against it arising out of, or relating  in any way to, this  Agreement  shall be
brought  and  enforced  in the  courts of the State of New York or of the United
States  District Court for the Southern  District of New York,  and  irrevocably
submits  to such  jurisdiction,  which  jurisdiction  shall  be  exclusive.  The
Company,  the  Representative  and the  Holders  hereby  irrevocably  waive  any
objection to such exclusive jurisdiction or inconvenient forum. Any such process
or summons to be served  upon any of the  Company,  the  Representative  and the
Holders (at the option of the party  bringing such action,  proceeding or claim)
may be served by  transmitting a copy thereof,  by registered or certified mail,
return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to it at the address set
forth in Section 13 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed  personal  service and
shall be legal and binding upon the party so served in any action, proceeding or
claim. The Company, the Representative and the Holders agree that the prevailing
party(ies)  in any such action or  proceeding  shall be entitled to recover from
the other  part(ies)  all of  its/their  reasonable  legal  costs  and  expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.

                                       15

<PAGE>

                  18. Entire Agreement;  Modification. This Agreement (including
the  Underwriting  Agreement  to the extent  portions  thereof  are  referred to
herein)  contains  the entire  understanding  between  the  parties  hereto with
respect to the subject  matter hereof and may not be modified or amended  except
by a  writing  duly  signed  by  the  party  against  whom  enforcement  of  the
modification or amendment is sought.

                  19. Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be
held to be invalid or unenforceable,  such invalidity or unenforceability  shall
not affect any other provision of this Agreement.

                  20.  Captions.  The caption  headings of the  Sections of this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended, nor should
they be construed as, a part of this Agreement and shall be given no substantive
effect.

                  21.  Benefits  of this  Agreement.  Nothing in this  Agreement
shall be construed to give to any person or  corporation  other than the Company
and the  Representative  and  any  other  registered  Holder(s)  of the  Warrant
Certificates or Warrant Securities any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this  Agreement;  and this  Agreement  shall be for the sole and exclusive
benefit of the Company and the  Representative  and any other  Holder(s)  of the
Warrant Certificates or Warrant Securities.

                  22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed
to be an original,  and such counterparts shall together  constitute but one and
the same instrument.

                    
                 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.


                                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                    By:_______________________________________
                                    Name:   S. Leslie Flegel
                                    Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


______________________________
Douglas J. Bates
Assistant Secretary


                                     DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.


                                      By:___________________________________
                                      Name:   Stephen A. Blum
                                      Title:  President


                                       16

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A


                          [FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]


THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES  ISSUABLE
UPON  EXERCISE  THEREOF  MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD  EXCEPT  PURSUANT  TO (i) AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  (ii) TO THE  EXTENT  APPLICABLE,  RULE 144  UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT (OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT RELATING TO THE  DISPOSITION
OF  SECURITIES),  OR (iii) AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL,  IF SUCH  OPINION  SHALL BE
REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO COUNSEL  FOR THE  ISSUER,  THAT AN  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.

THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE IS RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT
AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.


                            EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
                  5:00 P.M., ST. LOUIS TIME, ________ __, 2003


No. W-                                                      _________  Warrants
                               WARRANT CERTIFICATE


         This  Warrant  Certificate   certifies  that  ________,  or  registered
assigns,  is  the  registered  holder  of  _____________  Warrants  to  purchase
initially,  at any time from ______ __, 1999 until 5:00 P.M. St. Louis, Missouri
time on ______ __, 2003  ("Expiration  Date"),  up to  _________  fully paid and
non-assessable  shares of common stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"),  of THE
SOURCE INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Missouri  corporation (the "Company"),
at the initial  exercise  price,  subject to adjustment  in certain  events (the
"Exercise  Price"),   of  $____  per  share,  upon  surrender  of  this  Warrant
Certificate  and  payment  of the  Exercise  Price at an office or agency of the
Company,   but  subject  to  the   conditions   set  forth  herein  and  in  the
Representative's  Warrant  Agreement  dated as of ______ __,  1998  between  the
Company  and  Donald  &  Co.  Securities  Inc.  (the  "Representative's  Warrant
Agreement").  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by wire  transfer,  or
certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company.

                                        1

<PAGE>


                  No  Warrant  may be  exercised  after 5:00  p.m.,  St.  Louis,
Missouri  time, on the  Expiration  Date,  at which time all Warrants  evidenced
hereby, unless exercised prior thereto, hereby shall thereafter be void.

                  The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of
a duly  authorized  issue of Warrants  issued  pursuant to the  Representative's
Warrant   Agreement,   which   Representative's   Warrant  Agreement  is  hereby
incorporated  by reference in and made a part of this  instrument  and is hereby
referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights,  obligations,
duties and  immunities  thereunder  of the Company  and the  holders  (the words
"holders" or "holder"  meaning the registered  holders or registered  holder) of
the Warrants.

                  The Representative's  Warrant Agreement provides that upon the
occurrence  of certain  events the Exercise  Price and the type and/or number of
the Company's  securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions,
be  adjusted.  In such event,  the Company  will,  at the request of the holder,
issue a new Warrant Certificate  evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price
and the number  and/or  type of  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Warrants;  provided,  however, that the failure of the Company to issue such new
Warrant  Certificates  shall not in any way change,  alter, or otherwise impair,
the rights of the holder as set forth in the Representative's Warrant Agreement.

                  Upon due  presentment  for  registration  of  transfer of this
Warrant  Certificate  at an  office  or agency  of the  Company,  a new  Warrant
Certificate  or  Warrant  Certificates  of  like  tenor  and  evidencing  in the
aggregate  a like  number of Warrants  shall be issued to the  transferee(s)  in
exchange  for this  Warrant  Certificate,  subject to the  limitations  provided
herein and in the Representative's Warrant Agreement,  without any charge except
for any tax or  other  governmental  charge  imposed  in  connection  with  such
transfer.

                  Upon the exercise of less than all of the  Warrants  evidenced
by this  Certificate,  the Company shall  forthwith issue to the holder hereof a
new Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

                  The Company may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof
as the  absolute  owner(s)  of this  Warrant  Certificate  (notwithstanding  any
notation of ownership or other writing  hereon made by anyone),  for the purpose
of any exercise hereof, and of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for
all other  purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

                  All terms used in this Warrant  Certificate  which are defined
in the  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Representative's Warrant Agreement.


                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Warrant
Certificate to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated as of ________, 199__


                                 THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY



                                 By:_______________________________________
                                 Name:  S. Leslie Flegel
                                 Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



Attest:


_______________________________
Douglas J. Bates
Assistant Secretary


                                        2

<PAGE>

                         [FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE]



                  The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise  the
right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase __________ shares of
Common Stock and herewith  tenders in payment for such securities wire transfer,
or a  certified  or  official  bank  check  payable  to the order of THE  SOURCE
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY in the amount of $___________,  all in accordance
with the terms hereof.  The  undersigned  requests  that a certificate  for such
securities  be registered  in the name of  ______________________________  whose
address is __________________________  and that such Certificate be delivered to
___________________ whose address is ____________________________.



Dated:                    Signature:___________________________________
                          (Signature  must conform in all  respects  to  
                          name  of holder as  specified on the face of 
                          the Warrant Certificate.)


                         (Insert Social Security or Other Identifying 
                          Number of Holder)


                          Signature Guarantee



                          -----------------------------------


<PAGE>
                              [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]


                  (To be exercised by the registered holder if
                  such  holder  desires  to  transfer  the  Warrant
                  Certificate.)



         FOR VALUE RECEIVED
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

                  (Please print name and address of transferee)

this Warrant  Certificate,  together with all right, title and interest therein,
and does  hereby  irrevocably  constitute  and  appoint  _______________________
Attorney,  to  transfer  the  within  Warrant  Certificate  on the  books of the
within-named Company, and full power of substitution.



Dated:                       Signature:__________________________________
                             (Signature  must conform in all  respects  
                             to  name  of holder as  specified on the
                             face of the Warrant Certificate.)

                             (Insert Social Security or Other Identifying 
                             Number of Assignee)


                             Signature Guarantee



                             ----------------------------------------





                                  May 14, 1998


The Source Information Management Company
11644 Lilburn Park Road
St. Louis, MO  63114

         Re:      Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-__________)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel for The Source Information Management Company,
a Missouri  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the various legal
matters  relating to the filing of a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2,  File
No.  333-__________  (the "Registration  Statement") under the Securities Act of
1933,  as  amended,  relating  to  2,000,000  shares of the common  stock of the
Company,  $0.01 par value per share (the  "Common  Stock")  consisting  of up to
1,500,000  shares to be sold by the Company and up to 800,000  shares to be sold
by certain shareholders of the Company (the "Selling  Shareholders"),  including
300,000  shares  subject  to an  option  to  purchase  granted  to  the  several
underwriters to cover  over-allotments;  a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of
Common  Stock  (the  "Warrant")  to be  issued  by the  Company  to Donald & Co.
Securities,  Inc. as  representative  of the several  underwriters;  and 200,000
shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the Warrant (the "Warrant
Shares").

         We have examined such corporate  records of the Company,  such laws and
such other  information  as we have deemed  relevant,  including  the  Company's
Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
of the Company  relating to such offering and  certificates  received from state
officials and from officers of the Company.  In delivering this opinion, we have
assumed the  genuineness of all  signatures,  the  authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals,  the  conformity to the originals of all documents
submitted  to  us  as  certified,  photostatic  or  conformed  copies,  and  the
correctness of all statements submitted to us by officers of the Company.

         Based solely on the foregoing, the undersigned is of the opinion that:

         1.       The  Company  is  a  corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly
                  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of
                  Missouri.

         2.       The Common  Stock,  the Warrant and the Warrant  Shares  being
                  offered  by the  Company,  if sold and  issued  in the  manner
                  described  in the  Registration  Statement,  will  be  validly
                  issued   and   outstanding   and  will  be   fully   paid  and
                  non-assessable.

         3.       The  Common  Stock  being  offered  by  each  of  the  Selling
                  Shareholders    are   validly    issued,    fully   paid   and
                  non-assessable.

         We  consent  to  the  filing  of  this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement.
We also  consent  to your  filing  copies of this  opinion  as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement with agencies of such states as you deem necessary in the
course of complying  with the laws of such states  regarding the issuance of the
Common Stock sold.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             /s/  GALLOP, JOHNSON & NEUMAN, L.C.

                                             GALLOP, JOHNSON & NEUMAN, L.C.




                               THE SOURCE COMPANY
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                        1995 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1. Purpose of the Plan

         The Source  Company  1995  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  ("Plan")  is
intended to provide additional incentive to certain valued and trusted employees
of The Source Company,  a Missouri  corporation (the "Company"),  by encouraging
them to acquire  shares of the $.01 par value  common  stock of the Company (the
"Stock")  through options to purchase Stock granted under the Plan  ("Options").
The  purpose for  granting  such  Options  and making the  purchase of the Stock
possible is to  increase  the  proprietary  interest  of such  employees  in the
business of the Company and provide them with an increased  personal interest in
the  continued  success and progress of the Company.  The intended  result is to
promote the interests of both the Company and its shareholders.

         Options  granted  under  the Plan may be  either  Options  intended  to
qualify as "incentive stock options"  ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or nonqualified
stock options  ("NQSOs").  Each  employee  granted an Option will receive and be
required  to accept a Stock  Option  Agreement  with the  Company  (the  "Option
Agreement"),  which  sets  forth the  terms and  conditions  of the  Option,  in
accordance with this Plan.

         2. Administration of Plan

         The  Plan  will be  administered  by the  Compensation  Committee  (the
"Committee") of the Board of Directors of the Company ("Board"),  to be composed
of  at  least  two  (2)  members.  Each  member  of  the  Committee  shall  be a
"non-employee  director"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"), or any successor rule or
regulation.  Each member of the  Committee  shall  serve at the  pleasure of the
Board. Any vacancy  occurring in the membership of the Committee shall be filled
by appointment by the Board. If there are less than two members of the Board who
qualify as "non-employee  directors"  within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the
Exchange  Act, then the full Board shall be deemed to be the  administrators  of
the Plan and  shall be  endowed  with  all of the  rights  and  responsibilities
attributed to the Committee herein:

         The Committee shall have the sole power:

         (a)  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Plan,  to grant  Options;  to
determine  the  type of  Option  (NQSO or  ISO);  to  determine  the  terms  and
conditions  of all  Options;  to  construe  and  interpret  the Plan and Options
granted under it; to determine the time or times an Option may be exercised, the
number of shares as to which an Option  may be  exercised  at any one time,  and
when an  Option  may  terminate;  to  establish,  amend  and  revoke  rules  and
regulations  relating  to the Plan and its  administration;  and to correct  any
defect,  supply any omission,  or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in
any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary, all
of which  determinations  and  interpretations  made by the  Committee  shall be
conclusive and binding on all Optionees and on their legal  representatives  and
beneficiaries; and

<PAGE>

         (b) to determine all questions of policy and expediency  that may arise
in the administration of the Plan and generally exercise such powers and perform
such acts as are deemed  necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of
the Company.

         The  day-to-day  administration  of the Plan may be carried out by such
officers and employees of the Company as shall be  designated  from time to time
by the  Committee.  All expenses and  liabilities  incurred by the  Committee in
connection  with the  administration  of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
The  Committee  may  employ  attorneys,  consultants,  accountants,  appraisers,
brokers or other  persons,  and the  Committee,  the Board,  the Company and the
officers and employees of the Company shall be entitled to rely upon the advice,
opinions or valuations of any such persons.  The interpretation and construction
by the  Committee  of any  provision  of the Plan and any  determination  by the
Committee  under any provision of the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all
purposes.  Neither the Committee nor any member  thereof shall be liable for any
act, omission, interpretation,  construction or determination made in connection
with the Plan in good faith,  and the members of the Committee shall be entitled
to  indemnification  and  reimbursement  by the Company in respect of any claim,
loss,  damage or expense  (including  attorneys' fees) arising  therefrom to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

         3. Shares Subject to the Plan

         Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13, the Stock that may be issued
pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate Six
Hundred Thirty Thousand  (630,000)  shares of $.01 par value common stock of the
Company.  If any  Options  granted  under  the  Plan  terminate,  expire  or are
surrendered without having been exercised in full, the number of shares of Stock
not purchased under such Options shall be available again for the purpose of the
Plan.  The Stock to be offered for  purchase  upon the grant of an Option may be
authorized but unissued Stock or Stock  previously  issued and  outstanding  and
reacquired by the Company.

         4. Persons Eligible for Options

         All employees of the Company who are not members of the Committee shall
be eligible to receive the grant of Options under the Plan. The Committee  shall
determine the employees to whom Options shall be granted, the time or times such
Options shall be granted,  the number of shares to be subject to each Option and
the  times  when  each  Option  may  be  exercised.  The  Committee  shall  seek
information,  advice and recommendations from management to assist the Committee
in its  independent  determination  as to the employees to whom Options shall be
granted.  An employee who has been granted an Option (an  "Optionee"),  if he or
she is otherwise eligible, may be granted additional Options.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

         5. Purchase Price

         The  purchase  price  of each  share of Stock  covered  by each  Option
("Purchase Price") shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair
Market Value Per Share (as defined below) of the Stock on the date the Option is
granted.  However,  if and when an ISO is granted the Optionee receiving the ISO
owns or will be considered to own, by reason of Section 424(d) of the Code, more
than ten  percent  (10%) of the total  combined  voting  power of all classes of
stock of the Company,  the purchase  price of the Stock covered by the ISO shall
not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value Per
Share of the Stock on the date the ISO is granted.

         "Fair Market Value Per Share" of the Stock shall mean: (i) if the Stock
is traded only  otherwise  than on a  securities  exchange  and is quoted on the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotation System
("NASDAQ"),  the closing  quoted selling price of the Stock on the date of grant
of the Option,  as reported  by the Wall  Street  Journal;  (ii) if the Stock is
admitted to trading on a securities  exchange,  the closing quoted selling price
of the Stock on the date of grant of the Option,  as reported in the Wall Street
Journal;  or (iii) if the Stock is traded only  otherwise  than on a  securities
exchange and is not quoted on NASDAQ,  the closing  quoted  selling price of the
Stock  on the date of  grant  of the  Option  as  quoted  in the  "pink  sheets"
published by the National Daily Quotation  Bureau. In any case, if there were no
sales of the Stock on the date of the grant of an Option,  the Fair Market Value
Per Share shall be  determined  by the  Committee  in  accordance  with  Section
20.2031-2 of the Federal Estate Tax Regulations.

         6. Duration of Options

         Any outstanding  Option and all  unexercised  rights  thereunder  shall
expire and  terminate  automatically  upon the earliest of: (i) the cessation of
the employment or engagement of the Optionee by the Company for any reason other
than retirement (under normal Company policies),  death or disability;  (ii) the
date  which is three  months  following  the  effective  date of the  Optionee's
retirement  from  the  Company's  service;  (iii)  the  date  which  is one year
following the date on which the  Optionee's  service with the Company ceases due
to death or disability;  (iv) the date of expiration of the Option determined by
the Committee at the time the Option is granted and specified in such Option; or
(v) the tenth (10th) annual  anniversary date of the granting of the Option, or,
if and when an ISO is granted the Optionee  owns (or would be  considered to own
by reason of  Section  424(d) of the Code)  more than ten  percent  (10%) of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,  then on the
fifth (5th) such anniversary.  However,  the Committee shall have the right, but
not the obligation,  to extend the expiration of the Options held by an Optionee
whose  service  with the  Company  has ceased for any reason to the end of their
original terms,  notwithstanding that such Options may no longer qualify as ISOs
under the Code.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

         7. Exercise of Options

         (a) An Option may be exercisable in installments or otherwise upon such
terms as the Committee shall determine when the Option is granted.

         (b) No Option will be exercisable  (and any attempted  exercise will be
deemed null and void) if such  exercise  would  create a right of  recovery  for
"short-swing  profits"  under  Section 16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934.

         (c) No Option will become  exercisable  if the  exercisability  of such
Option would cause the aggregate fair market value (as determined at the time of
grant in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 hereof) of the Stock with
respect to which Option issued by the Company are first exercisable  during such
calendar  year to exceed  $100,000.  If the grant of an Option  hereunder  would
cause a violation of the foregoing limitation, the exercisability of the portion
of the Option granted  hereunder  shall be reduced to the extent  necessary such
that no  violation  of the  foregoing  limitation  will  occur.  Any Option with
respect to which exercisability has been deferred shall become first exercisable
on the first day of the  calendar  year in which such  exercisability  would not
cause a violation of the limitations contained in Section 422(b)(7) of the Code;
provided,  however,  if the exercisability is required to be deferred beyond the
expiration of such Option, the grant of such Option shall be null and void.

         8. Method of Exercise

         (a) When the right to purchase shares accrues, Options may be exercised
by giving written  notice to the Company  stating the number of shares for which
the  Option is being  exercised,  accompanied  by payment in full by cash or its
equivalent,  as is  acceptable  to the Company,  of the  purchase  price for the
shares  being  purchased.  The  Company  shall issue a separate  certificate  or
certificates of Stock for each Option exercised by an Optionee.

         (b) In the Committee's discretion,  determined at the time an Option is
granted,  payment  of the  purchase  price for shares may be made in whole or in
part with other  shares of Stock of the Company  which are free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances. The value of the shares of Stock tendered in payment for
the shares being  purchased shall be the Fair Market Value Per Share on the date
of the Optionee's notice of exercise.

         (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company shall have the right to
postpone  the time of  delivery of any shares for such period as may be required
for the  Company,  with  reasonable  diligence,  to comply  with any  applicable
listing  requirements  of any  national  securities  exchange  or  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. or any Federal,  state or local law. If
the Optionee,  or other person  entitled to exercise an Option,  fails to timely
accept  delivery  of and pay for  the  shares  specified  in  such  notice,  the
Committee shall have the right to terminate the Option and the exercise  thereof
with respect to such shares.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

         9. Nontransferability of Options

         No Option granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable by
the Optionee,  either  voluntarily or by operation of law, other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution,  and, during the lifetime of the Optionee,
shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

         10. Continuance of Employment

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or in any Option  granted under the Plan
shall confer upon any Optionee  any rights with respect to the  continuation  of
employment  by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company
(subject to the terms of any separate  employment  agreement to the contrary) at
any  time  to  terminate  such   employment  or  to  increase  or  decrease  the
compensation  of the  Optionee  from  the rate in  existence  at the time of the
granting of any Option.

         11. Restrictions on Shares

         If the Company  shall be advised by counsel that  certain  requirements
under  Federal or state  securities  laws must be met before Stock may be issued
under the Plan,  the  Company  shall  notify all  persons  who have been  issued
Options,  and the Company shall have no liability for the failure to issue Stock
under any exercise of Options because of any delay while such  requirements  are
being met or the inability of the Company to comply with such requirements.

         12. Privilege of Stock Ownership

         No person  entitled to exercise any Option granted under the Plan shall
have the rights or privileges of a stockholder  of the Company for any shares of
Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of such Option  until such person has become the
holder of record of such shares.  No  adjustment  shall be made for dividends or
other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on which such person
becomes the holder of record, except as provided in paragraph 13.

         13. Adjustment

         (a) If the  number of  outstanding  shares of Stock  are  increased  or
decreased, or such shares are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or securities of the Company, through reorganization,  merger, recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock dividend,  stock split, combination of shares, or other
similar  transaction,  the  aggregate  number of shares of Stock  subject to the
Plan,  as provided in paragraph 3, and the shares of Stock subject to issued and
outstanding  Options under the Plan shall be appropriately  and  proportionately
adjusted by the Committee. Any such adjustment in an outstanding Option shall be
made  without  change  in  the  aggregate   purchase  price  applicable  to  the
unexercised  portion  of the Option but with an  appropriate  adjustment  in the
price for each share or other unit of any security covered by the Option.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>


         (b)  Notwithstanding  paragraph  (a),  upon:  (i)  the  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company,  (ii) a  reorganization,  merger or consolidation of
the  Company  with one or more  corporations  in which  the  Company  is not the
surviving  corporation,  (iii) a sale of substantially  all of the assets of the
Company or (iv) the transfer of more than 80% of the then  outstanding  Stock of
the Company to another  entity or person,  in a single  transaction or series of
transactions,  the Board  shall  accelerate  the time in which  any  outstanding
Options  granted  under  the  Plan  may  be  exercised  to a time  prior  to the
consummation  of the  transaction,  and  the  Plan  shall  terminate  upon  such
consummation  of the  transaction.  However,  the  acceleration  of the  time of
exercise  of such  Options  and the  termination  of the Plan shall not occur if
provision is made in writing in  connection  with the  transaction,  in a manner
acceptable to the Board,  for: (A) the continuance of the Plan and assumption of
outstanding  Options, or (B) the substitution for such Options of new options to
purchase the stock of a successor corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof),
with  appropriate  adjustments as to number and kind of shares and option price.
The Board of  Directors  shall have the  authority  to amend this  paragraph  to
provide for a requirement  that a successor  corporation  assume any outstanding
Options.

         (c) Adjustments under this paragraph 13 shall be made by the Committee,
whose determination as to what adjustments shall be made, and the extent thereof
shall be final,  binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock shall be
issued under the Plan or in connection with any such adjustment.

         14. Investment Purpose

         Each Option  granted  hereunder may be issued on the condition that any
purchase  of Stock by the  exercise  of an Option  which is not the subject of a
registration  statement  permitting the sale or other distribution thereof shall
be for investment  purposes and not with a view to resale or  distribution  (the
"Restricted  Stock"). If requested by the Company,  each Optionee must agree, at
the time of the  purchase of any  Restricted  Stock,  to execute an  "investment
letter"  setting  forth such  investment  intent in the form  acceptable  to the
Company  and must  consent  to any stock  certificate  issued to him  thereunder
bearing a restrictive  legend setting forth the  restrictions  applicable to the
further resale,  transfer or other conveyance thereof without registration under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and under the applicable  securities or
blue sky laws of any other jurisdiction  (together,  the "Securities  Laws"), or
the availability of exemptions from  registration  thereunder and to the placing
of transfer restrictions on the records of the transfer agent for such stock. No
Restricted  Stock may thereafter be resold,  transferred  or otherwise  conveyed
unless:

         (1)   an opinion of the  Optionee's  counsel is  received,  in form and
               substance   satisfactory   to  counsel  for  the  Company,   that
               registration under the Securities Laws is not required; or

         (2)   such Stock is registered under the applicable Securities Laws; or

                                       -6-

<PAGE>


         (3)   A "no action" letter is received from the staff of the Securities
               and  Exchange  Commission  and from the  administrative  agencies
               administering  all other applicable  securities or blue sky laws,
               based on an opinion of counsel for Optionee in form and substance
               reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Company, advising that
               registration under the Securities Laws is not required.

         15. Amendment and Termination of Plan

         (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, from time to time,  with
respect to any shares at the time not subject to Options,  suspend or  terminate
the Plan or amend or revise the terms of the Plan;  provided  that any amendment
to the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the  shareholders  of the Company
if the  amendment  would  (i)  materially  increase  the  benefits  accruing  to
participants  under the Plan;  (ii) increase the number of shares of Stock which
may be issued  under  the  Plan,  except as  provided  under the  provisions  of
paragraph 13; or (iii) materially  modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan.

         (b) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13, the Plan shall terminate
ten (10) years  from the  earlier  of the  adoption  of the Plan by the Board of
Directors or its approval by the shareholders.

         (c) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13, no amendment, suspension
or termination of this Plan shall,  without the consent of each Optionee,  alter
or impair any rights or  obligations  under any Option  granted to such Optionee
under the Plan.

         16. Effective Date of Plan

         The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board of Directors
of the Company and approval by the Company's  shareholders;  provided,  however,
that  prior to  approval  of the Plan by the  Company's  shareholders  but after
adoption  by the  Board of  Directors,  Options  may be  granted  under the Plan
subject to obtaining such approval.

         17. Term of Plan

         No Option shall be granted under the Plan after ten (10) years from the
earlier of the date of  adoption  of the Plan by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company or the date of approval by the Company's shareholders.


         Adopted by the Board of Directors as of the 26th day of June, 1997.

                                          THE SOURCE COMPANY


                                          By:
                                             S. Leslie Flegel, Chairman
                                             of the Board and Chief
                                             Executive Officer|WP-3:27316.2

                                       -7-


                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                         FINANCIAL CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                          DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.
                                       AND
                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY


         This amendment amends the Financial  Consulting Agreement , dated as of
October 7, 1997 (the  "Agreement"),  between Donald & Co. Securities Inc., a New
Jersey corporation (the  "Consultant"),  and The Source  Information  Management
Company, a Missouri corporation (the "Company").

         WHEREAS: the Consultant and the Company desire to extend the consulting
period of the Agreement:

         NOW THEREFORE BE IT

         RESOLVED, that Section 1 of the Agreement be, and it hereby is, amended
to read as follows:

         "1.  Engagement  of the  Consultant.  The  Company  hereby  engages and
retains the Consultant to render to the Company the financial services described
in  Section 2 hereof  (the  "Financial  Services")  for the period of four years
commencing on the consummation of the Offering (the "Consulting Period')."

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have set our  hands as of this __ day of May,
1998.


                                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY


                                    By:
                                        S. Leslie Flegel
                                        Chief Executive Officer


                                    DONALD & CO. SECURITIES INC.


                                    By:
                                         Stephen A. Blum
                                         President




                    THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                1998 OMNIBUS PLAN

                                    Article I
                               Purpose of the Plan

         The Source Information Management Company 1998 Omnibus Plan ("Plan") is
intended  to  provide  additional   incentive  to  certain  valued  and  trusted
employees,  officers,  and  directors  of,  The  Source  Information  Management
Company, a Missouri corporation (the "Company"),  by encouraging them to acquire
shares of the $0.01 par value common stock of the Company (the "Stock")  through
options to purchase Stock granted pursuant to the Plan ("Options"),  and, in the
case of  directors,  conversion of their  director  retainer fees into Stock for
payment, thereby increasing such employees',  officers', and directors' interest
in the business of the Company and  providing  them with an  increased  personal
interest in the  continued  success and progress of the  Company,  the result of
which will promote both the interests of the Company and its shareholders.

                                   Article II
                             Administration of Plan

         2.1 The  entire  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  ("Board")  will
administer the Plan.

         2.2 The Board shall have the sole power:

         (a) subject to the  provisions  of the Plan, to determine the terms and
conditions  of all  Options;  to  construe  and  interpret  the Plan and Options
granted under it; to establish,  amend and revoke rules and regulations relating
to the Plan and its administration; to determine the time or times an Option may
be exercised, the number of shares as to which an Option may be exercised at any
one time,  to  accelerate  the time or times at which an Option may be exercised
and  increase the number of shares as to which an Option may be exercised at any
one time,  and when an Option may terminate;  and to correct any defect,  supply
any  omission,  or reconcile  any  inconsistency  in the Plan,  or in any Option
Agreement,  in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary,  all of which
determinations  and  interpretations  made by the Board shall be conclusive  and
binding on all Optionees and on their legal  representatives  and beneficiaries;
and

         (b) to determine all questions of policy and expediency  that may arise
in the administration of the Plan and generally exercise such powers and perform
such acts as are deemed  necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of
the Company.

         2.3 The  day-to-day  administration  of the Plan may be carried  out by
such officers and  employees of the Company as shall be designated  from time to
time by the  Board.  All  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred  by the  Board in
connection  with the  administration  of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
The Board may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or
other persons,  and the Board, the Company and the officers and employees of the
Company shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any
such persons.  The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision
of the Plan and any  determination  by the Board under any provision of the Plan
shall be final and conclusive for all purposes. Neither the Board nor any member
thereof shall be liable for any act, omission,  interpretation,  construction or
determination made in connection with the Plan in good faith, and the members of
the Board shall be entitled to indemnification  and reimbursement by the Company
in respect of any claim,  loss,  damage or expense  (including  attorneys' fees)
arising therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law.


<PAGE>
                                   Article III
                           Shares Subject to the Plan

         Subject to the  provisions of Article IX below,  the Stock which may be
issued under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate  600,000  shares,  which
Stock may be  authorized  but  unissued  Stock or Stock  previously  issued  and
outstanding and reacquired by the Company. If any Options granted under the Plan
terminate,  expire or are surrendered without having been exercised in full, the
number of shares of Stock not  purchased  under such Options  shall be available
again for the Plan.

                                   Article IV
                           Nonqualified Stock Options

         4.1 All  employees,  officers,  and  directors of the Company  shall be
eligible  to  receive  the grant of  Options  under the  Plan.  The Board  shall
determine the employees, officer and directors to whom Options shall be granted,
the time or times  such  Options  shall be  granted,  the number of shares to be
subject  to each  Option and the times when each  Option may be  exercised.  The
Board shall seek  information,  advice and  recommendations  from  management to
assist  the Board in its  independent  determination  as to the  persons to whom
Options shall be granted. An employee,  officer or director who has been granted
an Option (an "Optionee"),  if he or she is otherwise  eligible,  may be granted
additional Options. Each Optionee shall enter into an agreement with the Company
(the  "Option  Agreement")  setting  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
Optionee's Option, as determined in accordance with this Plan.

         4.2  Options  granted  under the Plan are not  intended  to  qualify as
"incentive  stock  options"  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

         4.3 The  purchase  price of each share of Stock  covered by each Option
("Purchase Price") shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair
Market Value Per Share (as defined in Section 10.1) of the Stock on the date the
Option is granted.

         4.4 Any outstanding  Option and all unexercised rights thereunder shall
expire and  terminate  automatically  upon the earliest of: (i) the cessation of
the employment or engagement of the Optionee by the Company for any reason other
than retirement (under normal Company policies),  death or disability;  (ii) the
date  which is three  months  following  the  effective  date of the  Optionee's
retirement  from  the  Company's  service;  (iii)  the  date  which  is one year
following the date on which the  Optionee's  service with the Company ceases due
to death or disability;  (iv) the date of expiration of the Option determined by
the Board at the time the Option is granted and specified in such Option; or (v)
the tenth (10th) annual anniversary date of the granting of the Option. However,
the Board  shall  have the  discretion,  but not the  obligation,  to extend the
expiration of the Options held by an Optionee whose service with the Company has
ceased for any reason to the end of their original terms. Such discretion may be
exercised at the time of grant by express  statement in the Option  Agreement or
prior to expiration and  termination of the Option by resolution duly adopted by
the Board.


<PAGE>

         4.5 An Option may be exercisable in installments or otherwise upon such
terms as the Board shall determine when the Option is granted. In the event that
an Option is exercisable  only in  installments,  such Option shall become fully
exercisable  upon the  termination  of  employment  of the Optionee by reason of
retirement  (under normal Company  policies),  death,  disability or a Change in
Control (as defined in Section 10.2).

         4.6 Upon exercise of an Option,  the full Exercise Price for the shares
with  respect  to which the  Option is being  exercised  shall be payable to the
Company: (i) in cash or by check payable and acceptable to the Company;  (ii) if
expressly permitted in the Option Agreement,  by tendering to the Company shares
of Stock owned by the Optionee  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value Per Share
as of the date of exercise that is not greater than the full Exercise  Price for
the shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and by paying any
remaining  amount of the  Exercise  Price as provided in (i) above;  or (iii) if
expressly  permitted in the Option  Agreement  and to such  instructions  as the
Board may specify,  at the  Optionee's  written  request the Company may deliver
certificates  for the shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised to
a broker for sale on behalf of the  Optionee,  provided  that the  Optionee  has
irrevocably  instructed  such  broker to remit  directly  to the  Company on the
Optionee's  behalf the full amount of the  Exercise  Price from the  proceeds of
such sale.  In the event  that the  Optionee  elects to make  payment as allowed
under clause (ii) above,  the Board may, upon  confirming that the Optionee owns
the number of shares of Stock being  tendered,  authorize  the issuance of a new
certificate for the number of shares being acquired  pursuant to the exercise of
the Option less the number of shares being tendered upon the exercise and return
to the Optionee (or not require  surrender of) the certificate for the shares of
Stock being  tendered upon the exercise.  Payment  instruments  will be received
subject to collection.

         4.7 No  shares  will be issued  upon  exercise  of an Option  until the
Company has  received  full payment of the  Exercise  Price for the shares.  The
Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder until the shares are reflected as
issued on the Company's stock transfer records.

         4.8 Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company shall have the right to
postpone  the time of  delivery of any shares for such period as may be required
for the  Company,  with  reasonable  diligence,  to comply  with any  applicable
listing  requirements  of any national  securities  exchange or the Nasdaq Stock
Market or any  Federal,  state or local law. If the  Optionee,  or other  person
entitled to exercise an Option,  fails to timely accept  delivery of and pay for
the shares specified in such notice, the Board shall have the right to terminate
the Option and the exercise thereof with respect to such shares.


<PAGE>

         4.9  No  Option   granted   under  the  Plan  shall  be  assignable  or
transferable by the Optionee,  either  voluntarily or by operation of law, other
than by will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and, during the lifetime
of the Optionee, shall be exercisable only by the Optionee,  except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph. If the Optionee becomes disabled, the Option will be
exercisable either by the Optionee's  attorney-in-fact  under a Durable Power of
Attorney or by a duly appointed legal representative.

                                    Article V
                            Directors' Retainer Stock

         5.1 Subject to the availability of shares of Stock under the Plan, each
present or future  member of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company who is not
also an  employee  of the Company or of any  subsidiary  of the  Company  shall,
unless such director shall elect not to participate  in this Plan,  receive,  in
the form of Stock,  all  amounts  payable  from time to time for  service on the
Board,  including any amounts  payable with respect to service as chairperson of
any  committee  of the  Board  or  attendance  at any  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors or any committee (collectively, "Retainer Fees").

         5.2 A  director  may elect not to  participate  in the Plan by filing a
written  election  ("the  Election  Agreement")  with  the  Company  before  the
beginning of each fiscal year of the Company.  Any person who becomes a director
during a fiscal year,  and who was not a director prior to the beginning of such
fiscal year, may file an Election  Agreement to withdraw from  participation  in
the Plan for fiscal year before his term begins.  The Election  Agreement  shall
continue until the director terminates or modifies such election by filing a new
Election  Agreement  with the  Company.  An Election  Agreement,  once made by a
director,  shall be  irrevocable  with  respect to all Retainer  Fees  otherwise
payable while such Election  Agreement is in effect. No Election  Agreement,  or
any  modification  or  termination  thereof,  shall  apply to any portion of the
Retainer Fee  otherwise  payable  within six months of the date of such Election
Agreement, modification or termination.

         5.3 The Company  shall  establish and maintain a Stock Account for each
participating  director,  which shall  reflect  all entries  required to be made
pursuant  to the terms and  conditions  of the Plan.  Credits  made  pursuant to
Section  5.4 shall be  reflected  on the books and  records of the Company as an
obligation  to issue and  deliver  a number of shares of Stock on the  specified
payment date.  No stock  certificate  shall be created or  registered  until the
payment date.

         5.4 As of  each  date  that  any  portion  of the  Retainer  Fee  would
otherwise be payable to a  participating  director,  the Company shall credit to
such  director's  Stock Account a number of shares (rounded to the nearest whole
share)  equal to  portion of the  director's  Retainer  Fee  divided by the Fair
Market Price Per Share on such day.

         5.5 The Company  shall  provide  each  participating  director  with an
annual statement  indicating the number of shares of Stock credited to his Stock
Account as of the end of the preceding fiscal year.


<PAGE>


         5.6 Stock credited to a  participating  director's  Stock Account shall
not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

         5.7 Stock credits to a participating  director's Stock Account shall be
payable not later than ninety  (90) days after the end of the  Company's  fiscal
year.  Upon the  occurrence  of a Change  of  Control,  the Stock  credits  to a
participating  director's  Stock Account as of the day immediately  prior to the
effective date of the event  constituting the Change of Control shall be paid in
full on such date.

                                   Article VI
                            Continuance of Employment

         Nothing  contained in the Plan or in any Option  granted under the Plan
shall confer upon any participant any rights with respect to the continuation of
employment  or  engagement by the Company or interfere in any way with the right
of the Company (subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the
contrary) at any time to terminate such employment, to remove any director or to
increase  or  decrease  the  compensation  of the  participant  from the rate in
existence  at the time of the  granting of any Option or the credit of any Stock
to any Stock Account.

                                   Article VII
                             Restrictions on Shares

         If an  Optionee  gives  notice to the  Company of the  exercise  of any
Option  under the Plan or any Stock  credits are payable  under the Plan and the
Company  is advised by counsel  that  Stock  cannot be issued  pursuant  to such
exercise until the requirements of Federal or state securities laws are met, the
Company shall so notify the  participant and the Company shall have no liability
for any delay in issuing or failure to issue such Stock until such  requirements
are met or as a result of the  inability  of the  Company  to  comply  with such
requirements.  However,  no  option  which is  prevented  from  being  exercised
pursuant to this  paragraph  shall expire until the later of (i) its  expiration
date  pursuant  to its terms or (ii) 30 days after the  Company  has advised the
Optionee that the Company is no longer  prevented by Federal or state securities
laws from issuing Stock to the Optionee.

                                  Article VIII
                          Privilege of Stock Ownership

         No  participant  entitled to be issued Stock under this Plan shall have
the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company for any shares of Stock
issuable  until such person has become the holder of record of such  shares.  No
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date on which such person  becomes the holder of record,  except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan.


<PAGE>
                                   Article IX
                                   Adjustment

         9.1 If the  number  of  outstanding  shares  of Stock is  increased  or
decreased, or such shares are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or securities of the Company through reorganization,  merger,  recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock dividend,  stock split, combination of shares, or other
similar transaction,  (a) the aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to the
Plan as provided in Article III above, (b) the number of shares of Stock and the
Purchase Price applicable  thereto  specified in outstanding  Option  Agreements
executed  under the Plan,  and (c) the  number of Stock  credits  to each  Stock
Account, shall be appropriately and proportionately adjusted by the Board.

         9.2 In the event of the  payment of an  extraordinary  dividend  by the
Company on the Stock (an  "extraordinary  dividend" being a payment or series of
payments  within  any 12  consecutive  months  in the  aggregate  in  excess  of
twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the book value  attributable  to the Stock of the
Company  at  the  time  of  the  payment  of the  extraordinary  dividend),  (a)
adjustment shall be made in the purchase price of Stock under the Option for the
amount of the  extraordinary  dividend,  and (b) each  participating  director's
Stock  Account  shall be  credited  with that  number of shares  (rounded to the
nearest whole share)  determined by multiplying the dividend amount per share by
the total number of shares credited to such  director's  Stock Account as of the
record date for such  dividend and dividing the product by the Fair Market Price
Per Share on the dividend payment date.

         9.3 Adjustments under this Article IX shall be made by the Board, whose
determination  as to what  adjustments  shall be made,  and the extent  thereof,
shall be final,  binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock shall be
issued nor shall cash in lieu of fractional  shares be paid under the Plan or in
connection with any such adjustment.

                                    Article X
                                   Definitions

         10.1 "Fair Market Value Per Share" of the Stock shall mean:  (i) if the
Stock is traded only  otherwise  than on a securities  exchange and is quoted on
the NASDAQ Stock Market  ("Nasdaq"),  the closing  quoted  selling  price of the
Stock on the  date of  grant  of the  Option,  as  reported  by the Wall  Street
Journal; (ii) if the Stock is admitted to trading on a securities exchange,  the
closing quoted selling price of the Stock on the date of grant of the Option, as
reported  in the Wall  Street  Journal;  or (iii) if the  Stock is  traded  only
otherwise than on a securities exchange and is not quoted on Nasdaq, the closing
quoted  selling  price of the Stock on the date of grant of the Option as quoted
on the Nasdaq OTC  Bulletin  Board.  In any case,  if there were no sales of the
Stock on the date of the grant of an  Option,  the Fair  Market  Value Per Share
shall be  determined by the Board in  accordance  with Section  20.2031-2 of the
Federal Estate Tax Regulations.


<PAGE>

         10.2  "Change  in  Control"  shall  mean the  occurrence  of any of the
following  events:   (i)  any  "person"  (together  with  its  "affiliates"  and
"associates")  becoming  the  "beneficial  owner"  (each  term as defined in the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  or the rules  and  regulations
promulgated  thereunder)  of 30% or more of the voting power of all  outstanding
securities of the Company  entitled to vote for the election of directors of the
Company,  unless a majority of the Board as constituted  prior to that time have
determined in their sole discretion  that, for purposes of the Plan, a Change in
Control of the Company has not  occurred;  (ii) as a result of or in  connection
with any cash tender offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets
or contested  election of directors,  or any  combination of the foregoing,  the
persons  who were  members of the Board  immediately  prior to such event  shall
cease to  constitute a majority of the  Company's  Board;  or (iii) the Board or
shareholders of the Company approve an agreement  providing for a transaction in
which the Company will cease to be an independent  publicly-owned corporation or
the occurrence of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company.

                                   Article XI
                        Amendment and Termination of Plan

         11.1 The Board may,  from time to time,  with  respect to any shares at
the time not  subject to Options or credited  to any Stock  Account,  suspend or
terminate the Plan or amend or revise the terms of the Plan.

         11.2 This  Plan  shall  terminate  ten years  from the  earlier  of the
adoption of this Plan by the Board.

         11.3 No  amendment,  suspension  or  termination  of this  Plan  shall,
without  the  consent  of  the  participant,  alter  or  impair  any  rights  or
obligations  under any Option  granted to an Optionee  or Stock  credited to any
Stock Account under this Plan prior to the date of such amendment, suspension or
termination.

                                   Article XII
                             Effective Date of Plan

         The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board of Directors
of the Company.

                                  Article XIII
                     Term of Options Granted Under the Plan

         No Option shall be granted and the Board.  shall credit no Stock to any
Stock  Account  under this Plan more than ten years from the date of adoption of
the Plan.


         Adopted by the Board of Directors as of the 1st day of February, 1998.


                                     THE SOURCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY


                                     By:
                                        S. Leslie Flegel, Chairman
                                        of the Board and Chief Executive Officer



                                [BDO Letterhead]


Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants


The Source Information Management Company
St. Louis, Missouri

We hereby consent to the incorporation in the Prospectus  constituting a part of
this  Registration  Statement of our report dated March 27, 1998 relating to the
consolidated financial statements of The Source Information  Management Company.

We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Prospectus.


St. Louis, Missouri
May 14, 1998


                                              /S/ BDO Seidman, LLP

                                              BDO Seidman, LLP




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission